RM For DEIC Equipments Draft Version

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 381

2016

Resource Manual for


Equipment and Infrastructure
at Nodal DEIC under RBSK
RASHTRIYA BAL SWASTHYA KARYAKRAM
MINISTRY OF HEALTH OF FAMILY WELFARE
GOVT.OF INDIA
2016

0
Components of the Manual:

1. District Early Intervention Center


a. Introduction to DEIC
b. Rationale for establishing DEICs
c. Goals and services of DEICs

2. Specifications for Establishing Various District Early Intervention Centre


(DEIC) sections

3. General equipment/items and their specifications

4. List of Domain specific equipment

5. Domain specific equipment and their Technical specifications

6. Annexure
a. List of some Vendors of DEIC equipment

b. Normative costing of DEIC equipment


c. Single Vendor Equipment certificates with quotation and product
details

1
Chapter 1-
District Early Intervention Center

Introduction -
Following the initial step of screening of children from birth to 18 years of age group for
selected health conditions including Defects at Birth, Deficiencies, Diseases & Developmental
delays including disabilities under Rashtriya BalSwasthya Karkyakram (RBSK) through trained
and dedicated Mobile Health teams, the next vital step is confirmation of preliminary findings,
referral support, management and follow up. Under RBSK, these activities viz. confirmation,
management, referral, tracking & follow-up, needs to be planned according to the age group
of the child.

The early intervention centers are to be established at the District Hospital level across the
country as District Early Intervention Centers (DEIC). The purpose of DEIC is to provide referral
support to children detected with health conditions during health screening, primarily for
children up to 6 years of age group.

A team consisting of Pediatrician, Medical officer, Staff Nurses, Paramedics will be engaged to
provide services. There is also a provision for engaging a manager who would carry out
mapping of tertiary care facilities in Government institutions for ensuring adequate referral
support. The funds will be provided under NHM for management at the tertiary level at the
rates ¬fixed by State Governments in consultation with Ministry of Health & Family Welfare.
Thus, the DEIC will be the hub of all activities, will act as a clearing house and also provide
referral linkages.

Rationalefor establishing DEICs

Developmental impairment is a common problem in children health that occurs in


approximately 10% of the childhood population and even more among “at risk” children
discharged from the sick newborn care unit. Children, disabled or non-disabled, under 6 years
of age, represent a rapidly growing segment in India. Children with disabilities are often
denied access to appropriate services. According to the National Sample Survey Organization
(NSSO 2002), the total number of disabled population in India is approximately 1.85 crores
(1.8% of the population), however the actual estimates may be higher.

The idea behind early intervention is to intervene early and minimize disability. Once the
disability is already established then the intervention would include enhancement of child

2
development for the child to reach the highest potential for the child possible and prevent
progression to handicap that may arise from activity limitation.
Research has proved that the period from birth to 6 years are the most critical years for all
children. This is especially true for children with developmental delay. Therefore, it stands that
early identification and early intervention programs can significantly improve the quality of
their lives. Such programs will work towards these children achieving their maximum potential
and thereby promoting their early inclusion into the mainstream.
The importance of early intervention can never be over-emphasized. In the postnatal years,
the growth and development of the child is at its greatest in the first two to three years. It is
during this first phase of cognitive development when the underpinnings of intelligence and
behavior begin to evolve. Additionally, plasticity, the ability of the brain to affect structural
and functional changes caused by external and internal influences is at its peak in the birth-2
year period. The malleability of the developing brain at this stage makes it possible to bring
about these changes. If the child misses this opportunity, further learning will be slow or
inadequate.
Developmental intervention requires an interdisciplinary approach of a multidisciplinary team
placed under one roof.
There are very few centers in India which provide such services but even most of these centers
do not have all the components required for evaluation and intervention in a holistic way.
In absence of quality services for such small children, they are advised to come later when
they become older, thus missing the critical period of development. The adverse effect of
failing in early identification and early intervention can lead to irreversible developmental
damage. Thisadds to the existing stress of the family and even the diagnosis, evaluation and
advices from various OPDs are at times conflicting, confusing and contradictory.
At this point of time, when India is making sincere efforts to strengthen Health Systems for
Publicly provided care, we also have more SCNU survivors who are “at-risk” for developmental
impairments, our aim is to have more accessible health facilities with infrastructure and
resources for interdisciplinary evaluation and interventions to be delivered under one roof.
District Early Intervention Services are needed to support children in a holistic manner
addressing Defects at Birth, Diseases, Deficiencies and those with developmental delays or
Disabilities or Neuro-behavioral problems or children “at risk” for disabilities. These are
common problem of child health occurring in 10 % of the childhood population and would
require integrated services from birth to school entry, i.e. Birth to 6 years including also the
evaluation and management of coexisting diseases and deficiencies all under the same roof.

RBSK ensures to provide the comprehensive services under one roof with a holistic approach
to children with special needs. Under RBSK, Early intervention centers at district level will
provide the much needed early intervention services which will be easily approachable,
adaptable, user friendly and above all cost effective. After screening and identification of any
of the 4Ds i.e. Defects at Birth, Deficiencies, Diseases and Developmental delays including
disabilities, the cases referred to DEIC will be assessed, investigated, evaluated and EI planned

3
and executed in a comprehensive manner. It is envisaged that the DEIC will be equipped with
all dedicated health professionals, materials, tools, etc. to execute the activities. It would be
important to mention here that more than 600 districts in the country have functional SNCUs
which are major supply side of the target group.

Goals of a District Early Intervention Centre (DEIC)

DEIC should be aiming at early detection and early intervention so as to minimize disabilities
among growing children. WHO has stated that defect or developmental delay leads to
functional disability and these functional disability in turn lead to handicap if not addressed
adequately. The burden of this handicap is borne by the family and also by society. DEIC
should aim at detection of defect and minimize disability through intervention. Medical
services and professionals rendering such services are the best entry point for such activity
because of general acceptance across section of society for such conditions. Social services
and educational service should then work in tandem for maximizing the effect

District Early Intervention Services is needed to support children with a developmental delay
or Disabilities or Neuro- behavioral problems or children “at risk” for disabilities. These are
common problem of child health occurring in 10 % of the childhood population and would
require integrated services from birth to school entry, i.e. Birth to 6 years including also the
evaluation and management of coexisting diseases and deficiencies all under the same roof.

Services to be Provided by a DEIC:


1. Children below the age of 6 years
2. Children above the age of 6 years

#For children above the age of 6 years, the services to be integrated with the existing
facilities at the district hospital with the help of DEIC manager. The administration can fix a
day or time for the referral to be seen,for each block of the district or so as to avoid the
rush.

*Incase the particular servic does not exist in the routine OPD of District hospital , but exists
in the DEIC - the same may be refered to DEIC for availing the existing services . But care
must be taken that a seprate time and day should be kept for children above the age of 6
yearsfor each block of the district so as to avoid crowding. DEIC manager should take care
that in no way the two groups be mixed.

4
**For children below the age of 6 years, including sick new borns at the SNCU and follow up
of SNCU/NICU graduates; the services should be providedat the DEIC in a comprehensive
way with the help of DEIC manager. Referal services should provided at all days at DEIC.

A. Core services for :


Children below the age of 6 years

a. Medical services – for diagnostic or evaluation purposes. Medical treatment of


children suffering from diseases and deficiencies. (Doctor: Pediatrician/
Medical officer)
b. Paedatric Dental services – for problems of teeth, gums and oral hygiene in
children from birth to 6 years esp. “Early Childhood Caries” (Dentist)
c. Paedatric Orthopedic services: for Club foot, DDH including space for plaster
and bath tub for removal of palster
d. ENT services: for Otitis media and other hearing problems
e. EYE or Othalmology services: including ,ROP services, congenital catarct ,
squint : Opthalmologist for both screening and management
f. Psychiatry services : for behavioral disorders , autism etc.
g. Occupational therapy & Physical therapy – services that relate toself-help
skills, adaptive behavior and play, sensory, motor, and postural development
i.e. services to prevent or lessen movement’s difficulties and related functional
problems. Sensory Integration, oro-motor and feeding difficulties.
(Physiotherapist/Occupational therapist)
h. Psychological services – administering and interpreting psychological tests and
evaluation of a child’s behavior related to development, learning and mental
health as well as planning services including counseling, consultation, parent
training, behavior modification and knowledge of appropriate education
programs. (Rehabilitation Psychologist/Clinical Psychologist)
i. Cognition services – identifying cognitive delays and providing intervention to
enhance cognitive development, adaptive andlearning behaviors. (Clinical
Psychologist and Early Interventionist)
j. Audiology – identifying and providing services for children with hearing loss
among children from birth to 6 years for both congenital deafness and also
acquired deafness. (Audiologist cum speech and language pathologist)
k. Vision services – identification of children with visual disorders or delays and
prov-iding services and training to those children. (Optometrist). Retinopathy
of Prematurity (RoP) – for premature or preterm children. (Optometrist and
ophthalmologist)
l. Health services – health-related services necessary to enable a child to benefit
from other early intervention services.(Doctor)

5
m. Lab services – for routine blood investigations among children to begin with
but slowly would develop services for confirming congenital hypothyroidism,
Thalassemia and Sickle cell anemia or other inborn error of metabolism
depending on the prevalence of such diseases. (Lab technician)
n. Nutrition services – services that help address the nutritional needs of
children that include identifying feeding skills, feeding problems, food habits,
and food preferences. (Nutritionist/ Dietician or Nursing staff)
o. Social support services – preparing an assessment of the social and emotional
strengths and needs of a child and family, and providing individual or group
services such as counseling. Socio economic evaluation of the family and
linkages with the need based social services. (Social Worker /Psychologist)
p. Psycho-social services – includes designing learning environments and
activities that promote the child’s development, providing families with
information, skills, and support to enhance the child’s development. (Special
Educator)
a. Transportation and related costs –All the referal support should include free
transport services to all children. All mobile health teams should arrange free
transport to all with the help of DEIC manager. If not, provision or
reimbursement of the cost of travel necessary to enable a child and family to
receive any tertiary level services should be arranged. (DEIC Manager)
b. Service coordination –(DEIC Manager)
c. Referral services following referral guidelines – children who are diagnosed for
any of the selected health conditions would receive follow-up referral support
and treatment including surgical interventions at tertiary level.(DEIC Manager)
d. Documentation and maintenance of case records, data storage for service
delivery, follow up and research.(Data entry operator)
e. Training and enhancing capability of multi-skilled community personnel in the
district and helping in operationalizing of early intervention services at blocks and
in the community and provide supportive supervision and domain specific referral
services in the community. (DEIC core Intervention team)

6
B. SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES:
a. Disability certificates : with other members of the disability board (DEIC
Manager)
b. Liaison with other departments under various ministries: (DEIC Manager)e.g.
1. Disability division of Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment
(MoSJE)
1. Assistive technology devices and services – equipment and services
that are used to improve or maintain the abilities of a child to
participate in such activities as Hearing, Seeing (Vision), Moving,
Communication and learning to compensate with a specific biological
limitation.
2. Special Education services for School age groups from six to sixteen,
Pre- Vocational training for age 16-18 years and Vocational training
for the age of 18.
3. Aids and appliances: Assistance to Disabled Persons for Purchase /
Fitting of Aids and Appliances under the “Assistance to Disabled
Persons for Purchase/ Fitting of Aids/Appliances (ADIP)” Scheme,
with the objective of assisting needy persons with disabilities in
procuring durable, sophisticated and scientifically manufactured
standard aids and appliances that can promote their physical, social
and psychological rehabilitation.

7
4. Rehabilitation of the differently abled child above 6 years of age at
the Rehabilitation centers in that state e.g. District Disability
Rehabilitation Centers (DDRCs) for the districts where they are
functional or Composite Regional Centers (CRCs) or National
Institutes/Regional Centers etc.
5. Family support services esp. for children having Autism, Cerebral
palsy, Mental retardation, multiple disabilities. These Services would
be to support those children who would require long term support
and would focus on supporting the child in their natural
environments and in their everyday experiences and activities. All
services would be provided using a family-centered approach,
recognizing the importance of working in partnership with the family.
However whenever a detailed domain specific management would
be required they would be referred to the DEIC.
6. Guardianship
7. Parent associations
8. Promoting advocacy for right-based society.
9. Social security’s such as disability scholarship and disability pension
2. Linkages with Ministry of Human Resource Development (MoHRD),
Department of School Education & Literacy under “Education of Children
with Special Needs in “Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan”
1. Provide inclusive education and support to children from age of 6 -14
years
2. Provide Aids and appliances to school going children with special
needs and support of trained special educators to these children.
3. To provide home based educational services to children with special
needs on need basis.

8
Chapter 2:
Specifications for Establishing District Early Intervention Centre
(DEIC) with domain specific areas:

TOTAL AREA OF DEIC IN SQ FT: 6300 sq. ft.


*If also to be used for teaching and training: provision of teaching rooms at
least two such for a batch of 40 students, a small library and a staff sitting
room should be there.
Total carpet area = 586.0 sq.MT. /6300 sq. ft

9
Proposed structure of DEIC, Pune

(For reference only)

10
Requirements
1 Entrance lounge cum waiting room 12’x12’ (150 sq. ft.)
2. Registration and anthropometry 13’X15’ (200 sq. ft.)

3. Nursing /nutrition 10’X10’ (100 sq. ft.)

4 Sensory Integration Unit: 480 sq. ft. a) 12’X20’ (240 sq. ft.)
divide in to two arts b) 12’X20’ (240 sq. ft.)
5 Paediatric Examination Room : 280 Sq. ft. 14’X20’ (280 sq. ft.)

6 Dental room 15’x 12’ (180 sq. ft.)


7 Speech & Language Assessment Room 10’x11’ (110 sq. ft.)
8 ECG cum ECHO room 13’x15’ (200 sq. ft.)
9 Laboratory 10’X20’ (200 sq. ft.)
10a Psychological Testing Room 1 10’X10’ (100 sq. ft.)
10b Psychological Testing Room 2 10’X10’ (100 sq. ft.)
11 Early Intervention Occupational Therapy 20’X50’ (1000 sq. ft.)
12 Play Area 14’X30’ (420 sq. ft.)
13 Vision Assessment Room 230 sq. ft.+110 sq. ft.+110
1. One 21 ft. X 11 ft. = 230 sq. ft. sq. ft.Total 450 sq. ft.
2. Second 10 ft. x 11 ft.=.110 sq. ft.
3. Third Stimulation room 10ft. X
11ft=110 sq. ft.
14 Hearing Assessment Room 9’X 20’ (180 SQ FT)
15. Pantry 70 sq. ft.
16 Gender Specific and User-friendly toilets 100 sq. ft.
17. Manager and data entry room 10’X12’ (120 sq. ft.)
18. Two More OPD : OPD 1 + OPD 2 10’x11’ (110 sq. ft.) +
10’x11’ (110 sq. ft.)
19. Special education room 10’x11’ (110 sq. ft.)
20 Social worker room 10’x11’ (110 sq. ft.)
21 Plaster room 10’x11’ (110 sq. ft.)
22 Store 10’x11’ (110 sq. ft.)

11
23 Ramp (disabled friendly)

AREA 1: RECEPTION/WAITING
Area in sq.ft. Equipment Required staff
Essential Desirable
12’x12’(approx.) 1. 6 Chairs for 1. Air-conditioner 1)DEIC
Patients & 2. TV Manager
Attendants 3. Low standing 2)Data Entry
2. Fan bookshelf (for Operator
3. Water Dispenser illustrated
4. Speaker System children’s books),
a toy corner/
play-zone

Cost of equipment: Rs. 60,000/- approx.

Some Designs for reception

12
AREA 2: REGISTRATION AND ANTHROPOMETRY-
Area in sq.ft. Equipment Required staff
Essential Desirable
13’X15’ 1. 1 Reception Table 1. Air-conditioner One Nurse from
2. 1 Desktop the local
3. Intercom System administration
4. Registers
5. 2 chairs for staff
6. Anthropometry
related
equipment’s
7. Curtain
8. Examination Table

Cost of equipment: Rs. 50,000/- approx.

AREA 3: NURSING /NUTRITION


Area in sq.ft Equipment Required staff
Essential Desirable
10’X10’ 1. Chair 2. Air-conditioner One Nurse

13
2. Table from the local
3. Toys administration
4. Cupboard

Cost of equipment: Rs. 20, 000/-

AREA 4: Sensory Integration Unit: 450 sq. ft.


Area in sq.ft. Equipment Required staff
Essential Desirable
Total area: 480 1. Pinspot and Mirror 1. Occupational
sq. ft. Ball Bundle Therapist/Physi
2. Mirror Ball Motor
Unit 1- otherapist
3. LED Motor Ball
a) 12’X20’ (240 4. Fire ball-mounted on 2. Psychologist
sq. ft.). the roof
5. Sound Activated Light
Unit 2- 6. LED Bubble Tube
b) 20’x12’’ 7. OPTIC fibres
8. Blue LED Lights
=240 sq. ft.
9. 150 bulb blue LED
light chain
10. Bubble Tube
11. Rotating Drum
12. Chime Frame and
Beater
13. Mirror Chime bout
14. Swings
a. Bolster swing
b. Platform swing
c. Tyre tube swing
d. Rope ladder swing
15. Rhythmic Rocker
16. Balance boards
17. Ball pool
18. Tunnel
19. Bean bags including
white ones
20.Real size animal toys

14
Cost of equipment: 20,00,000/- approx.

Sensory integration room

15
AREA 5: Examination Room: 280 Sq. ft.

Area in Equipment Required staff


sq.ft. Essential Desirable
280 sq. 1. Examination Table 1. 2. Air- 1. Paediatrician
ft. 2. 4 Chairs conditioner 2. Medical
3. Curtain Officer
4. Medical Equipment to be
used by doctors:
a. Stethoscope
b. Sphygmomanometer
c. Ophthalmoscope
d. Weighing Machine
e Infantometer
f. Stadiometer is a piece of
medical equipment used for
measuring human height
g. Measuring tape
h. Torch
i. Knee Hammer
j. X-Ray viewer
k. developmental kit for
various ages
Cost of equipment: 50,000/- approx.

Low height white table with paediatric chair also

16
Area 6 –Dental Room

Area in sq.ft. Equipment Required staff


Essential Desirable
200 sq. ft. 1. Dental chair Air-conditioner 1. Dentist
(Paediatric) 2. Dental
2. Radio Visio Technician
Graphic
3. Specified
dental
equipment’s
4. Dental X-ray
5. Intra-oral
camera
6. Computer
Cost of equipment: Rs.4,00,000/- approx.

Dental room

1. Consultation Table
2. Over head storage

17
3. Work station
4. Under table drawer's
5. Toy Display and wall mounted TV

Essentials:

 Space for dental room: 15 Ft by12 Feet (minimum)


 Water supply ( for dental chair, basin )
 Electrical connections ( For dental chair, autoclave, X-ray unit)
 Wooden cabinets ( storage of dental materials)
 Wall painting
 Toy display

FUNDAMENTAL TREATMENT ROOM DESIGN GUIDELINES

To gain maximum productivity in combination with healthy working posture it is important that
the clinic design allows:

1. Allows the dentist to work in all positions between 9 and 12 o’clock in order to see all
surfaces of all teeth
2. The dental assistant to reach materials etc easily.
3. Both dentist and assistant to have easy access to hand instruments

4. There should be minimum2 feet space between the work station and the head rest of the
chair for movement of the dentist.

5. X-ray unit has to be wall mounted on solid wall and should not be facing window or door.

6. The walls should be painted yellow or light blue with educational drawings/ cartoons to make
children comfortable.

7. The floor should be cemented rather than tiled so avoid slipping.

18
An ideal pediatric dental chair should satisfy not only the criteria of the pediatric dentist, but
also that of the dental staff, parents, and patients. From the perspective of the parent and
patient, the pediatric dental chair should be comfortable, stable, clean, and pleasant in
appearance. To this, the pediatric dentist must include favorable economics with regard to the
purchase price, anticipated maintenance, and repair costs of the chair. Furthermore, the form
and function of the chair should hasten all steps of patient care before, during, and after
treatment; optimize the health of the dental team, internal marketing and risk management.

19
20
Area 7 – Speech & Language Assessment Room

Area in sq.ft. Equipment Required


Essential Desirable staff
10’x11’ 1. Receptive- 1. Air- Speech-
Expressive conditioner language
Emergent 2. Dr. Speech Pathologists
Language Test— (software) and
Third Edition Audiologist
(REEL-3) for 0-3
years
2. LPT: Linguistic
profile test for 3-
9 years

Cost of equipment: Rs.3,50,000/- approx.

Area 8 – ECG cum ECHO room

Area in sq.ft. Equipment Required


Essential Desirable staff
13’6”x15’ 1. ECG machine & 1. ECHO machine Paediatrician
leads with neo natal ( will be
2. Resting Table and paediatric given training
3. Air-conditioner probe in paediatric
cardiology)
Cost of equipment: Rs.25, 00,000/-approx.
Cost of training: Rs. 1,00,000/-

21
Area 9 – Laboratory

Area in sq.ft. Equipment Required


Essential Desirable staff
200 sq. ft. 1. Automated 1. ELISA Reader Lab
Blood cell and Washer Technician
Counter 2. Hemoglobin
2. Microscope HPLC system
3. Semi-automated 3. Fluorometer
analyzer 4. Hb
4. Digital electrophoresis
Hemoglobinometer machine
5. Lab reagents
6. Testing kits
7. Slides, beakers,
test tubes etc.
8. Air-conditioner

Cost of equipment: Rs. 12,00,000/- approx.

Area 10 –Psychological Testing Room


Area in sq.ft. Equipment Required
Essential Desirable staff
10’x10’ 1. Developmental assessment Air conditioner Clinical
for Indian Infants ( DASSI) Psychologist

22
2. Vineland Social Maturity
Scale
3. Vineland Adaptive Behaviour
Scales
4. Bayley-III Screening Test
Complete Kit Includes;
Manual, Stim Book, Picture
Book, Record Forms 25
Packs.
5. Developmental Screening
Test (DST) by Bharat Raj
6. Denver Developmental
Screening Test II (DDST-II)
7. Stanford Binet (Indian
adaptation-Kulshreshta)
8. Paget’s Sensory-motor
Intelligence Scale
9. Piagetian Cognitive Tasks
Autism Spectrum disorder:
10. INCLEN-ASD or Indian Scale
for Assessment of Autism
(ISAA)
11. ADHD : Attention Deficit
Hyperactivity:
12. INCLEN
13. NIMHANS battery
14. Dyslexia Early Screening
Test: 4-6 years (DEST) and
Dyslexia, Screening Test
Junior (6-11 years)
15. Childhood Behavioural
Checklist CBCL
16. Cerebral Palsy and
Neuromotor impairment:
INCLEN (INDTNMI)
17. Adequate chair & tables

Cost of equipment/tools: Rs. 2,00,000/-approx.

Area 11 –Early Intervention Occupational Therapy


Area in sq.ft. Equipment Required staff
Essential Desirable
910 sq. ft. 1. Therapy ball 65 cm 45cm Air Physiotherapist /
2. Therapy mats- 6ft x3ft conditioner Occupational
3. Bolster Therapist / Early
4. 2ft long, diameter- 8 inch Interventionist

23
5. 2ft long, diameter- 10 inch with
6. Small roll- 13 inch long, Physiotherapy or
Diameter-3 inch Occupational
7. Prone Wedge Therapy
8. Big- Height-14 inch; Length- background
31inch, breadth 17 inches
9. Small- Height-10 inch;
Length- 26 inch, breadth 17
inches
10. Balance Board
11. Kaye-Walker (height-48-64
cm)
12. Trampoline
13. Bolster Swing
14. Wooden Benches with
cushion and Rexene cover
15. Splints (Ankle Foot
Orthosis)
16. Special chairs with cut-out
tray (Tailor made according
to need of the child)
Toys (for play and stimulation)
17. Small rattles
18. squeaky toys
19. Puja bell (clapper bell)
20. Soft toy
21. Brush for tactile stimulation
22. Theraputty
23. Peg board
24. Ball Pool with balls of
different sizes
25. Gaiters
26. Thick handle spoon –
straight and bent
27. Plastic spoon with long
handle (for babies)
28. Plastic glass with rim cut on
one side
29. Stainless steel plates with
high rim
30. Spouted cups

Cost of equipment: Rs. 1,00,000/-approx.

24
Early intervention room:

25
Area 12 – Play Area
Area in sq.ft. Equipment Required staff
Essential Desirable
420 sq. ft. 1. Swings
2. Slides
3. See Saw
4. Tunnel
5. Tricycle
6. Locally available
toys
Cost of equipment: Rs. 50,000/-approx.

Area 13 –Vision Assessment Room: 3 rooms

Vision Vision room


room-1 –2 Vision room-3
10 ft. X 11 10 ft x 11 ft 21 ft. X 11 ft.
ft.

Vision room should have gray color walls and


furniture also of gray color.

26
Vision Rooms three:
1) One 21 ft. X 11 ft.
2) Second 10 ft. x 11 ft.
3) Stimulation room 10ft. X 11ft.

Equipment Required staff

Essential Desirable

1. Torch-penlight 12. RET cam or any Optometrist


2. Lea Symbols Visual Acuity Test & other Camera to
Conditioning Flash cards take photographs Ophthalmologist
3. Lea puzzle of the fundus of the
4. Plastic colluder with lip new-born
5. Lea Grating Paddle 13. Hand held slit lamp
6. Lang Fixation Stick or Lea
7. Log mart chart or Snellen’s chart
8. StreakRetinoscope
9. Hiding Heidi
10. Near Vision Test with Lea
symbol (Lea playing card set)
and Near Vision Line test
11. Distance Vision Test (Leas single
symbols book)

27
Area 14 – Hearing Assessment Room
Area in sq.ft. Equipment Required staff
Essential Desirable
9’x 17’ 1. OAE screener Air conditioner Hearing and speech
2. ABR screener pathologist and
3. Audiometer audiologist
4. Portable
Tympanometry
Instrument
5. BERA with ASSR
with both insert
phone and head
phone
6. Otoscope

Cost of equipment: Rs. 25,00,000/-approx.


Speech and sound proof room: some images
Room 1: One way Looking glass to observe the
activities in room 2. Room 2entry is through room 1)

Observe the activitiesof the child in room 2

Sound proof room with one way looking glass.

The thick door with double handlesseparates the two rooms. Both the rooms are sound proof.
*The larger room is separated by a door from the smaller room. Once the door is closed, one can isolate
the testing room and can carry on the tests through observing from the looking window

28
Speakers are situated to the child's right and left side. The
speakers have toys (usually mounted inside boxes) hung
below or above, which can be animated by the tester. The
child is then "conditioned" to turn his or her head toward
the side from which the sound is presented. When the
child turns to the correct side, the toy is lit up, providing
positive reinforcement that encourages the child to
continue participating in the task. Children will
instinctively turn toward a novel sound without having to
think about the response, which is why this test is
effective for children as young as 5 months of age. This
method can also be used with small insert earphones,
which allow the hearing of each ear to be tested
individually. Below is a diagram of the setup for the VRA
test.
Loohrough the one way looking glass only
Sound proof material Using room 2 for VRA or Visual reinforcement Audiometry

Visual reinforcement Audiometry (VRA) is a test that allows an


audiologist to assess hearing in infants and toddlers too young
for normal tests.VRA is a behavioral audiometric test obtained
in a sound-treated room.

29
30
31
Specification of Audiometry Room:

Partition Wall with acoustical treatment


The room should be converted into two room set up by constructing partition walls using Gypsum sheets
suitably placed at the cavity. The walls consist of connecting door and observation window wherever required.
The Partition walls will have 150mm thickness with 12.5mm thick gypsum boards to both sides encased
supported by GI framework as per IGL's specifications or equivalent aluminum frame using conventional
hardware.
The frame work is to be adequately anchored in the wall/floor.
Acoustic insulation in partition frame work shall be 100mm thick glass wool / rock wool of designed density,
tied to the frame forming high frequency absorbers. For band extended treatments air-gaps should be generated.
The entire treatment should be finished to receive paint.

Wall treatment : Existing supporting walls should be acoustically treated using gypsum based acoustical
treatment The treatment shall consist of 75mm thick partition with 12.5mm thick gypsum acoustical aperture
board made out of GI framework as per IGL's specifications with glass wool / rock wool material. The frame
work should be adequately anchored in the wall/floor. Acoustic insulation in partition frame work shall be
50mm thick glass wool / rock wool of designed density, tied to the frame etc. forming high frequency absorbers.
The partition framework shall be covered from all sides with bass traps / low frequency absorbing treatment and
entire treatment should be finished to receive paint. Bass Traps: Gypsum wall frame work shall be covered from
all sides with bass traps / low frequency absorbing treatment. The entire surface should be painted.

Ceiling treatment with Gypsum boards: The treatment would consist of gypboard false ceiling suspended
using GI frame work and 12.5mm thick gypsum Quattra / line board with glass wool / rock wool insulation of
designed density. This includes all necessary cutouts for electric fixtures, AC fixtures etc., to get an even
smooth surface to receive paint with corner /J beads as required getting straight and truing edges. Gypsum
boards would be joined and finished so as to have a flush look which includes finishing the tapered and square
edges of the gypsum board with joining compound, paper tape and the surfaces shall be prepared and finished to
receive paint.
Sound treated Door - Appx. 6’6” x 2’6” - 2 No Door of desired size should be created using plywood frame.
Multiple layers of medium should be created using fiber material, Plywood, Air gaps, etc. The closing
mechanism consists of heavy duty door closer provided on the back side of the door. Compression material
having more than 30% compression ratio will be provided across the closing edge of the door. Entire good
quality hardware shall also be provided for operation. The surface should be covered with industrial laminate.

Acoustically treated window: Appx. 3’x3’- 1 no. The breathing window consists of two glass panes (bubble
free) of variable thickness with suitable angles to stave off possibility of resonance and to improve (Tx)
transmission loss. Both are fixed using plywood and compression material having minimum of 30%
compression ratio. The glasses are placed apart and moisture-absorbing chemicals are provided in between to
restore good view for long time.
Flooring: Acoustical mat should be provided over the entire surface of the floor and extended 6” along the
skirting. The mat should be pasted using good adhesive material.

Painting: This includes preparing the surface if necessary. The entire surface should be painted using putty, one
coat of oil based primer and two coats of Luxury Emulsion paint.

32
Electrical and Instrument wiring (inside the setup): Electrical work consists of providing four numbers of
CFL and switch boards as desired. Completely pre-wired jack panel should be provided under window with six
to eight jack plugs.

Acoustical corrections and Consultancy:

This includes drawing, designing, supervision, execution, testing and commissioning of entire
acoustic treatment along with electrical equipment’s to be installed in future for communication.

o The room constructed should be frequency balanced having various frequency panels
for quality speech and high acoustical integrity.
o Project should be eco-friendly and non-hazardous.
o The intent of the ambient noise level requirements in the standard is to assure that the
hearing test is conducted in an environment that will assure valid and accurate test
results. This implies that the test environment must be in compliance with the stated
background levels every time an audiometric test is performed
o Manufacturing firm should have ISO certification.

Technical specifications:

Noise Criteria of the room is below 30 dB (A) with AC in OFF position. Transmission
loss is 25 dB (A). This is measured at 1 kHz Frequency when single frequency source is placed 1m
away from outer wall and measured at point of evaluation. (Graph would be provided as test report)

Light intensity - (80 – 100 Lux): This is for better vision and less fatigue Test report would be
provided if requested.

33
34
Area 15 –Pantry
Area in sq.ft. Equipment Required staff
Essential Desirable
70 sq.ft. 1. Induction cooker 1. Refrigerator
2. Set of Utensils 2. Microwave

Cost of equipment: Rs. 50,000/- approx.

Area 16 –Gender Specific and User-friendly toilets

35
Area 17- Manager and data entry room - 10’X12’ (120 sq. ft.)

Area 18 – Two More OPDs : OPD 1 + OPD 2 [10’x11’ (110 sq. ft.) +
10’x11’ (110 sq. ft.)]

Area 19- Two Additional Waiting Area adjoining Play area


Area in sq.ft. Equipment Required staff
Essential Desirable
100 4 chairs for each corner

Cost of equipment: Rs. 10,000/- approx.

Area 19– Special education room - 10’x11’ (110 sq. ft.)

Area 20 – Social worker room - 10’x11’ (110 sq. ft.)

Area 21 Plaster area with bath tub - 10’x11’ (110 sq. ft.)
Area in sq.ft. Equipment Required staff
Essential Desirable
110 1. Plaster room 1. TV Plaster
2. Bath Tub with 2. Electric technician
bath tub water
Geyser
Cost of equipment: Rs. 20,000/- approx.

36
37
Area 22 – Store - 10’x11’ (110 sq. ft.)

Area 23 - Ramp (disabled friendly)

38
39
40
Chapter 3:
General equipment’s/items and their specifications
1. FURNITURE:
There should be minimal furniture so that there is ample space for the child to move about.
Things that are breakable, injurious/toxic should be out of reach of the children.
The space should be utilized to its fullest capacity by having brightly-colored toys for children,
adequate play area and different kinds of posters.
The minimum requirement of furniture and logistics is as follows:
 Tables for consultation and examination for each room including reception with
Adequate Chairs for seating

- For 2-3 years of children, Height of Chair should be 8”-10” and Height of
Tables should be 18” with width of 10.625”-11.625”
- For 3-5 years of children, Height of Chair should be 10”-12” and Height of
table should be 20” with width of 11.625”
- For 3-6 years of children, Height of Chair should be 12”-14” and Height of
table should be 22”-24” with width of 11.625”-13.75”
- For 6-9 years of children, Height of Chair should be 14”-16” and Height of
table should be 24”-26” with width of 13.75”
- For children above 9 years, Height of chair should be 18”-20” and Height of
table should be 26”-30” with width of 16” or 17.5”.

41
 Cupboards for storage for each room
 Racks for material for each room
 Display boards for each room
 Computer Desktops for Reception/Registration and DEIC Manager room with
internet facility
 Water Dispenser
 Television for the Waiting area
 Speaker System
 Intercom System for each room
 Pediatric examination table-

- Pediatric Examination Tables are a convenient height for treatment of 36 inches


with ample area for supplies. The two drawers and 2-door storage cabinet
medical treatment/exam table with stairs.
2. TOYS FOR PLAY AREA
i. Swings
ii. Slides
iii. See Saw
iv. Tunnel
v. Tricycle
vi. Any locally suitable toy
3. 5 computers with LAN and Internet (Rs. 1,25,000/-)
 Cost of equipment: Rs. 99,65,000/- (Rupees Ninety Nine Lakhs Sixty Five
Thousand only)
Concept of porta cabin:-
**It may happen that some of the DEICS may not get a separate space in the
districts. In such cases, a temporary structure may be established at the rooftop
of a hospital building. The concept of porta cabin may prove to be useful as it
doesn’t require any permission for construction and can be relocated easily.

Light steel structure sandwich panel porta cabin


Quick Details
Material: Sandwich Panel Use: Roof Shape: Slope,
Color: White grey, blue---as Size: Customized Main EPS/Rockwool
your require material: sandwich panels
House body: Steel structure Wall: EPS sandwich Installation: Professional
panels guide
Earthquake Grade 7 Wind Grade 7 Life span: About 10 years
resistance: resistance:

Light steel structure sandwich panel porta cabin


The K-house is built on a modular mild steel structure, enclosed by sandwich panels and attached to
other bolted components which can be assembled and disassembled quickly. In addition, its innovative
approach on the easy-to-transport and flexible assembling system, ensure high performance in creating
building environments in a simple, fast and economical way.

Advantage
Light steel structure sandwich panel porta cabin

♥ Easy to assemble and disassemble: light weight, 20~30m² per day per people.

♥ Safe & steady: seismic capability grade 7, anti-wind capacity grade 7, floor loading 1.5KN/M².

♥ Flexible layout: Various modular combinations, doors & windows could be fixed optional.

♥ Durable, water proof and preventing rust: ALL the light steels dealed with anticorrosive paint.

♥ Energy saving & Eco-friendly: Energy-efficient, no construction garbage, recycle use.

♥ Low material cost and labor cost: Cheaper than traditional buildings.

♥ Longevity: It can work for more than 10 years under proper use.

♥ Easy to load & delivery: 300~350m² per 40 HQ.


Chapter 4:

List of Domain specific equipment’s


A. MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS

A: Medical Equipment’s : Quantity

1. Stethoscope (Paediatric) 2
2. Sphygmomanometer with Paediatric cuff with 3 2
different sizes (Infant, Child and Adult) Reusable
3. Infantometer with integrated head piece and sliding leg 2
positioned 10-99cm
4. Electronic Baby Weighing Scale 2
5. Adult weighing scale 2
6. Height Measuring scale –Stadiometer 2
7. MUAC tape 5
8. Head circumference tape-Non stretchable TEFLON 5
synthetic material
9. ECG machine with paediatric chest leads 1
10.Ultrasound cum ECHO machine 1
B. Hearing equipment’s :
Validated Confirmatory / Diagnostic Tool Age Group Quantity
1. Screener paediatric Audiometer 1
2. Audiometer (Pure Tone Audiometer) 1
3. Paediatric Auroscope (Otoscope) 1
4. Tympanometer/Impedance Audiometer- 1
Table top
5. Oto-acoustic emission(OAE) instrument 0-6 years 1
6. Automatic ABR screener without disposable 0-6 years 1
electrodes rather with integrated
electrodes
7. Brainstem Evoked Response Audiometer 0- 6years 1
with ASSR and both insert phone and Head
Phone with facility for Bone conductor
8. Tuning Fork 1 set-4 tuning fork of 4 All 1
different frequency 128 Hz, 256 Hz, 512 Hz
and 1024 Hz
9. Speech and Voice analysis software All 1
10.Hearing Aids
11.OPD material:
 LED Head light
 Thudicum’s speculum set
 Killian’ speculum set
 Laryngeal mirrors set
 Posterior rhinoscopic mirrors
 Aural Speculum all sizes black finish
 Nasal Packing Forceps
 Aural Suction Tips (Micro suction adapter)
 Nasal Suction Tips
 Tuning Forceps 512
 Hartman’s Forceps
 Eustachian tube catheter
 Punch biopsy forceps
 Laryngeal biopsy forceps
 BP Handles of various sizes
 Tongue depressor
C. Vision Equipment
SN PN Description : Good Lite Single vendor : see the Age Quantity
annexure on documentation of single vendors Group
1. 253300 Lea Grating Paddles 0-3 years 1
2. 252500 LEA Symbols Playing Cards 3-18 1
years
3. 250800 LEA Symbols Near Vision Card (16 inches/40 3-5 years 1
centimeters)
4. 252400 LEA Symbols 13-Line Translucent 3-5 years 1
Distance Chart (10 feet/3 meters)
5. 251100 Lea Symbol Low Contrast 10M Flip chart 3-18 1
years
6. 251600 LEA 3-D Puzzle 0-3 years 1
7. 253500 Hiding Heidi Low 2- 3 1
Contrast Face Test years
8. 254505 Heidi Expressions Test Game 2-3 years 1

9. 52327 Spectacle Occluder 3-6 years 1


10. 52851 Occluder Glasses 3-6 years 1
11. 120 AAPOS Vision Screening Kit 1
12 258000 LEA SYMBOLS® Chart for Vision Rehabilitation 3- 6 1
years
13. 790000 Leo learns by doing- DVD for interaction with a 1
vision impaired child
14. 792000 WHAT and HOW Does This Child See? 1
Instructional CD
15. 400444 COVD Pediatric Kit – 400444 1
SKU
number
16. Lea Fixation Stick 0-3 years 1
C1. Other VISION EQUIPMENTS : Age Quantity
group
17. Canon Power shot TX1 digital camera (Optional) All 1
18. Log mar Charts 4-18 1
years
19. Snellen’s Chart 6-18 1
years
20. Direct Ophthalmoscope All 1
21. Streak Retinoscope 6 1
months
to 18
years
22. Hand Held slit lamp (Optional) 1
23. Trial Lens Set Lenses containing : 1
a) Spherical + (+0.12D to +20D)
b) Spherical – (-0.12D to -20D),
c) Cylinder + (+0.12D to +6D)
d) Cylinder – (-0.12D to -6D)
e) Prisms (1 to 12) With ACCESSORIES Slit, Red,
Green, Pin hole Occluder
24. Trial Frame :Easily changeable cylinder axis , Fully 3- 18 1
adjustable temple length and nose rest ; Wide range of years
I.P.D adjustments from 50mm to 78mm ;20mm reduced
aperture; Accommodates up to 4 pieces, 48mm trial lenses
and permits smooth and easy manipulation of bridge and
I.P.D; Smooth axis adjustment; Polarizing filters with height
adjustment for distance and near examination ;Vertex
distance scale
25. Vision Testing Drums with all tests: test including tests- 1
dots, English, any regional language, numbers or pictures,
‘c’ or ‘e’ chart, spot light for retinoscopy, colour test,
duochrome test .
Near and distant vision drum
26. Illuminated near vision test drum with four test – 1
English, Hindi, any regional language, ‘c’ and ‘e’ test
27. Random Dot Butterfly stereopsis test with 1
intermediate-sized Polarized glasses
.
C2. Other VISION EQUIPMENTS for ROP
28. Binocular Indirect Ophthalmoscope with a 20, 28 or 30 For 1
D lens preter
m
childr
en
29. Eye speculum (Alfonso infant wire speculum) 0-3 4
years
30. Scleral depressor (wire vectis) 4
31. ROP speculum 4
32. Laser console plus laser indirect ophthalmoscope with 1
protective glass
33. RETCAM shuttle (Optional) 1
Medicine: All
 Phenylephrine 2.5%.
 Tropicamide 0.5%
 Cyclopentolate
 0.2%/1% Ciplox Eye drops 0.3%
 Proparacaine Hydrochloride 0.5 %

D. PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTS
Validated Confirmatory / Diagnostic Tool Age Group Quantity
1. Receptive-Expressive Emergent Language Test— 0-3 years 1
Third Edition (REEL-3)
2. LPT: Linguistic profile test 3-9 years 1
3. Developmental assessment for Indian Infants From birth 1
(DASSI) to 30
months
4. Vineland Social Maturity Scale 0-9 years 1
5. Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales 0-9 years 1
6. .Developmental Screening Test (DST) by Bharat 1-15 years 1
Raj
7. Denver Developmental Screening Test II (DDST- 1 month to 6 1
II) years
8. Stanford Binet (Indian adaptation-Kulshreshta) 2- 9 years 1
9. *Bayley-III Screening Test Complete Kit Includes; 1 month to 1
Manual, Stim Book, Picture Book, Record Forms 42 months
25 Packs.
10.Piagets Sensori-motor Intelligence Scale 0-2 0-2 years 1
years • Piagetian Cognitive Tasks
11.Dyslexia Early Screening Test 4-6 years (DEST) 4-6 years 1
and and 6-11
Dyslexia Screening Test Junior (6-11 years) years
12.NIMHANS battery 6- 9 years 1

13.Childhood Behavioral Checklist CBCL 0-2 years 1

14.Cerebral Palsy and Neuro-motor impairment: 0-9 years 1


INCLEN (INDT-NMI)
15.INCLEN Diagnostic Tool for Epilepsy (INDT-EPI) 2-9 years 1

E. LAB EQUIPMENTS

EQUIPMENT QUANTITY
1. Automated Blood cell Counter (3 part) 1
2. Microscope 1
3. Semi-automated analyzer 1
4. Digital Hemoglobinometer (with cuvic and lancet) 1
5. Hemoglobin HPLC system 1
6. ELISA Reader and Washer 1

F. LIST OF DENTAL EQUIPMENT’S & CONSUMABLES

S Equipment Quantity
No
1 Dental Chair with all the required attachments and 1 Chair
specifications
2 Wall mounted dental x ray 1
3 Table top Front Loading Autoclave (electrical) 1
4 Forceps set for extraction 2 Set (1 Adult + 1
Pediatric)
5 Restorative Filling and Carving Instruments Set 1 set
6 Elevators set of 10 (ten) 1 Set
7 Airotor 1
8 Contra angle hand piece 1
9 Dental ultrasonic scalar ( complete set) 1
10 Composite Filling Instruments 1 kit
11 Dental Electric Brushless Micromotor 1
12 LED Curing Light source 1 Complete Unit
13 Automatic Water Distiller 1
14 Mouth Mirrors 40
15 Probes 40
16 Explorers 40
17 Tweezers 40
18 Cheatle forceps 1
19 Kidney trays 10
20 Plastic Cheek Retractors 2 each
21 Mouth Props (Adult + Pedo) 1 each
22 Cement Spatula 1
23 Matrix Band and retainer(both no1 & 8) 1 set
24 Dental Impression Trays (upper and lower) 1 set each
25 Rubber Bowls 2
26 Plaster Spatula- straight and curved 1 each
27 Suction tips 5
28 Mallet
29 Scissors 1
30 Needle Holder 1
31 Bone Chisel 1
32 Glass slab 1
33 Scalpel handle 1
34 Plastic patient drape 2
35 Glass dapen dish 2
36 X-ray viewer 1
37 Stainless steel drums 2
38 Hand scaler (complete set) 1
39 Portable dental darkroom 1
40 Mortar And pestle 1

CONSUMABLES
1 Developer
2 Eugenol (110 gm)
3 Fixer 1L
4 GIC filling (15gm powder/8g liquid) 1
5 GIC luting (15gm powder/8g liquid) 1
6 Impression material alginate dust free(450g) 1
7 Plugger 15-4- assorted 1 set
8 Polishing paste (100 g) 1
9 Vaseline 1
10 Burs assorted for contrangle hand piece(round, 6 pieces
taper fissure, inverted cone)
11 Composite kit with etchant and bonding agent 1 kit

12 Composite syringes individual 1 packet


13 Composite finishing and polishing kit 1 kit
14 Dental IOPA x-ray film Pedo
15 Dental IOPA x-ray film adult (size 2) (E speed) 150 film packet

16 Diamond burs-Air rotarhandpiece-assorted 1 set


17 Disposable dental suction tips (100 tips) 1 packet
18 G.P point15-80 assorted set 1
19 H file set assorted 15-40,45-80 (21 mm) 1 set
20 K file set assorted 15-40,45-80 (21 mm) 1 set
21 Matrix band no1 1
22 Matrix band no 8 1
23 Mylar strip (8mm,100 strips pack ) 1
24 Polishing brush and cup 1 each
25 Plaster of Paris 1 kg
26 Zinc oxide powder (110 g) 1 pack
27 Applicator tips for bonding agent
28 Pit and fissure sealant 1
29 Zinc phosphate cement 1
30 Cotton rolls for isolation(10mm.1000 rolls) 1 pack
31 Etchant gel 37% phosphoric acid gel(9 ml) 1
32 Dentin bonding agent(6g) 1
33 Wedges wooden 1 pack
34 Formocresol (30 ml bottle) 1 bottle
35 Calcium hydroxide powder 1 pack
36 Topical fluoride varnish 1 bottle
37 Green cloth bags for autoclaving instruments 10 bags

38 Normal saline
39 Betadine
40 Surgical spirit
41 Syringe (2ml) and needle 25/26 gauge)
42 Local Anesthesia (topical and injectable)(2%
lidocaine with epinephrine& without epinephrine)
43 Face mask( disposable)
44 Examination gloves (100piecs /box)
45 Black silk suture 3”o”
46 B P blade no 15

G. EQUIPMENTS FOR PHYSIOTHERAPY/OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY

S.No Equipment Specification Quantity

1 Therapy ball

a) 65 cm Brightly colored, Inflatable by foot 1


b) 45cm pump. Molded heavy duty vinyl ball 1
can support weight up to 150 kg
2 Therapy mats- 6ft x3ft Length 6 ft and breadth 3ft, made up 6
of Rubberized foam, vinyl coated
cover, thickness 4 cm, can be wiped
clean with a damp cloth
3 Bolster

a) 2ft long, diameter- 8 Sponge cover on wooden shaft, outer 1


inch side is covered with Rexene, Rexene
b) 2ft long, diameter- 10 is fixed to the wooden shaft with 1
inch thick pins
4 Small roll- 13 inch long, Sponge roll covered with Rexene 3
Diameter-3 inch
5 Prone Wedge
a) Big- Height-14 inch; Foam filled wedges covered with 1
Length- 31 inch, breadth Nylon, fitted with Rexene straps to
17 inches position the child
b) Small- Height-10 inch; 1
Length- 26 inch,
breadth 17 inches
6 Balance Board Rexene covered cushioned platform 1
size 45 cmX60 cmX15cm high
7 Kaye-Walker Height 48-64cm, distance between 1
(height-48-64 cm) hand grips 34 cm, frame width 58-
60cm, frame length 69-83 cm, user
height 107-137 cm, maximum user
weight 39 kg., frame weight 3.85 kg.
8 Trampoline Compact round trampoline, shape- 1
round, light jumpers. Dimensions,
diameter of the mat 2.5m, surface
area of the mat(4.9 meter square),
minimum lateral installation
clearance (5.5m),Jumper weight
rating 80 kg., structural load capacity
380kg.,height of the mat above
ground 0.8 m, height of the Flexi-net
above mat1.5 m, total height 2.3m
9 Bolster Swing With nylon rope or straps with hooks 1
to fit in the swing frame. Size 25 cm
diameter X 90 cm long
10 Wooden Benches with Small (3ft long, height 8 inches, 1
cushion and Rexene breath 6 inches),
cover Big (3ft long, height 12 inches, breath 1
8 inches)
11 Splints (Ankle Foot 1 pair
Orthosis)
12 Special chairs with cut- 1
out tray (Tailor made
according to need of the
child)
13 Toys (for play and
stimulation)
a) Small rattles 10
b) squeaky 3
c) Puja bell (clapper bell) 2
d) Soft toy 10
e) Brush for tactile 2
stimulation
f) Theraputty Gluten free, non-toxic, red, yellow 3
and blue colors containers

g) Peg board laminated square board having 10 2


holes to hold smoothly finished solid
plastic pegs in five different bright
colors
h) Ball Pool The dense foam padded mini Ball 1
Pool is Soft, safe and perfect for small
children. It provides an excellent
sensory stimulating activity. The
round pool is 120cm in diameter x
50cm high, &has 10cm thick padded
sides. The pool contains500multi-
color balls of 7cm or 8cm diameter.
Pool side and bottom is covered with
durable Rexene that easily wipes
clean.
i) Balls of different size 5
j) Gaiters Aluminum/bamboo stick of 8”,10”, Total
12”,14” long inserted in the pockets 8 no.(1
of thick canvas, 3 Velcro straps to be pair of
wound around each size
mentione
d)
k) Thick handle spoon Stainless steel spoon, padded handle 3
l) Thick handle bent spoon Stainless steel bent spoon, padded 3
handle
m) Plastic spoon with long Long handle bright color spoon 3
handle (for babies)
n) Plastic glass with rim cut Plastic glass with one side of the rim 3
on one side is cut to accommodate nose
o) Stainless steel plates High rim to prevent spilling over of 3
with high rim food
p) Spouted cups Spouted cups 3

H. Sensory Integration Equipment


1) Pinspot and Mirror Ball Bundle
2) Mirror Ball Motor
3) LED Mirror Ball
4) Fire ball –mounted on the roof
5) Sound Activated Light
6) LED Bubble Tube
7) OPTIC fibers
8) Blue LED Lights
9) 150 bulb blue LED light chain
10) Bubble Tube
11) Rotating Drum
12) Chime Frame and Beater
13) Mirror Chime bout
14) Swings:
a) Bolster swing
b) Platform swing
c) Tyre tube swing
d) Rope ladder swing
15) Rhythmic Rocker
16) Balance boards
17) Ball Pool
18) Tunnel
19) Bean bags including white ones
20) Real size animal toys
Chapter 5:
Domain specific equipment
and their Technical
specifications
A-MEDICAL
A: Medical Equipment :

1. Stethoscope (Paediatric)
2. Sphygmomanometer with Paediatric cuff with 3 different sizes (Infant, Child and Adult) Reusable

3.Infantometer with integrated head piece and sliding leg 62ositioned 10-99cm
4. Electronic Baby Weighing Scale
5. Adult weighing scale
6. Height Measuring scale –Stadiometer
7.MUAC tape
8.Head circumference tape-Non stretchable TEFLON synthetic material
9. ECG machine with paediatric chest leads
10. Ultrasound cum ECHO machine

1. Stethoscope (Pediatric)
MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION
(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)

Stethoscope

Version no. : 1.0


Date: 05/08/2013
Done by : (name / institution) HCT/ NHSRC
NAME AND CODING
GMDN name Stethoscopes
GMDN code(s) CT1930
GMDN definition A mechanical listening device designed for listening to sounds
from the heart, lungs, and/or gastrointestinal tract. It typically
comprises a membrane at the listening head connected by a
split "Y" tube to the headgear with ear olives that are placed
into the user’s ears. Mechanical stethoscopes are typically
found in two variants 1) a general-purpose stethoscope used
for clinical/ward activities; or 2) a reinforced stethoscope used
by cardiologists.

GENERAL
1 USE
listening to sounds from the heart, lungs, and/or gastrointestinal
1.1 Clinical purpose
tract
Used by clinical All
1.2
department/ward

TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Technical characteristics Stethoscope of pediatric size, chromium plated metal binaural,
2.1 (specific to this type of V rubber tube in one piece. Rotating piper fitting for both flip
device) functions.

2.2 Settings NA
2.3 User's interface Manual
Software and/or standard of NA
2.4 communication(where ever
required)
3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
3.1 Dimensions (metric) Diaphragm approx: 20 mm
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) NA
3.3 Configuration NA
3.4 Noise (in dBA) NA
3.5 heat dissipation NA
3.6 Mobility, portability Portable
4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)
4.1 Power Requirements NA
4.2 Battery operated NA
Tolerance (to variations, NA
4.3
shutdowns)
4.4 Protection NA
4.5 Power consumption NA
4.6 Other energy supplies NA
5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
Accessories& Spares; 1 x spare set of earpiece, 1 x spare diaphragm,
5.1 Consumables / reagents
(open, closed system)'

BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS


6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATONS
Capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air 0 to 50 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%. Capable of
6.1
conditioning, humidity, dust) operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to 40 deg
C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
User's care, Cleaning, NA
6.2 Disinfection & Sterility
issues
7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY
7.1 Certifications by ISO 9001 certified manufacturer
8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
Pre-installation NA
8.1 requirements: nature, values,
quality, tolerance
8.2 Requirements for sign-off NA
Training of staff (medical, NA
8.3
paramedical, technicians)

9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE


9.1 Warranty 1 year
9.2 Maintenance tasks NA
Service contract clauses,
9.3 NA
including prices
10 DOCUMENTATION
Operating manuals, NA
10.1 service manuals,
other manuals
Recommendations for NA
10.3
maintenance

11 NOTES

Service Support
Contact details
11.1 (Hierarchy Wise; NA
including a toll
free/landline number)
Recommendations or
11.2 NA
warnings
2. Sphygmomanometer with Pediatric cuff with 3 different sizes (Infant,
Child and Adult) Reusable
MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION
(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)
Sphygmomanometer

Version no. : 1.0


Date: 05/08/2013
Done by : (name / institution) HCT/ NHSRC

NAME AND CODING


GMDN name Sphygmomanometers
GMDN code(s) CT1677
GMDN definition A device designed to measure blood pressure consisting of an inflatable
cuff that fits around a limb (arm or thigh), an inflation bulb for controlling
the air pressure within the cuff, an aneroid manometer, and tubing. The
aneroid manometer consists of a metal bellows, which expands as the
pressure in the cuff increases, and a mechanical amplifier that transmits
this expansion through a lever to an indicator needle, which rotates
around a circular, calibrated scale. The manometer may be mounted to
a wall, placed on a table, or hand held (portable); blood pressure
measurement is taken in conjunction with a stethoscope.
GENERAL
1 USE
1.1 Clinical purpose To measure noninvasive blood pressure
Used by clinical All
1.2
department/ward

TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Scale 0-300 mm hg. Air release at
closed lap with maximum
4mmHg/Minute. Manual setting of
deflation possible up to 2/3mm Hg/sec.
From 260mmHg. To 15mm Hg in a
maximum deflation time of 10 seconds.
Technical characteristics (specific to this type of
2.1 Gauge’s background in white color.
device)
Graduated scale for ever/ 2mmhg, every
10 units and every 20 units. Nylon
straps cuff with pouch, latex bulb with
completely chromium plated valve with
regulation of vent-hole air by screw
valve.
The cuff is inflated just to fit in the limb
2.2 Settings for which an inflation bulb is used to
control the air pressure within the cuff.
2.3 User's interface Manual
NA
Software and/or standard of communication(where
2.4
ever required)

3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
The rubber tubes used should have an
internal diameter of 3 ± 0.5mm and the
3.1 Dimensions (metric) external diameter should not be less
than 8mm; The dial manometer with
minimum diameter of 160 mm
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) NA
3.3 Configuration NA

3.4 Noise (in dBA), heat dissipation NA

3.5 Mobility, portability Yes


4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)
4.1 Power Requirements NA
4.2 Battery operated NA
NA
4.3 Tolerance (to variations, shutdowns)
4.4 Protection NA
4.5 Power consumption NA
4.6 Other energy supplies NA
5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
adult arm cuffs of size medium & large
Accessories (mandatory, standard, optional); and pediatric size, inflation bulb, tubing
5.1 Spare parts (main ones); Consumables / reagents
(open, closed system)

6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATONS


Capable of being stored continuously in
ambient temperature of 0 to 50 deg C
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air conditioning, and relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
6.1
humidity, dust ...) Capable of operating continuously in
ambient temperature of 10 to 40 deg C
and relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
NA
User's care, Cleaning, Disinfection & Sterility
6.2
issues

7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY


ISO 13485

Certificates (pre-market, sanitary, ..); Performance


7.1 and safety standards (specific to the device type);
Local and/or international

8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION

Pre-installation requirements: nature, values, quality, Supplier to perform safety and


8.1
tolerance operation checks before handover.
Certificate of inspection from the
8.2 Requirements for sign-off
factory.
Training of users in operation and
8.3 Training of staff (medical, paramedical, technicians) basic maintenance shall be provided

9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE

9.1 Warranty 1 years

Maintenance manual detailing complete


9.2 Maintenance tasks
maintaining schedule

9.3 Service contract clauses, including prices NA

10 DOCUMENTATION
Operating manuals, service manuals, other NA
10.1
manuals
NA
10.2 Other accompanying documents

11 NOTES

Service Support Contact details (Hierarchy Wise;


11.1 NA
including a toll free/landline number)

Any recommendations for best use and


11.2 Recommendations or warnings supplementary warning for safety should
be declared

3. Infantometer with integrated head piece and sliding leg positioner 10-99cm:

a) Infantometer- for infants and small children.

Features:
 Measuring range 10 - 99 cm / 4 - 36 in Graduation 5 mm / 1/4 in Dimensions (WxHxD) 300 x 140
x 1340 mm Weight 500 g.
 For easy, precise length measurement of the babies and toddlers while lying down.
Measurement Options in both cm and inches.
 Clinical Length v/s age and weight charts for easy reference.
 Easy to clean, easy to store, foldable with fitting for storing on wall.
 Light weight, portable and easy to carry.
 Ergonomic Design to ensure safety of the baby.
 Fixed head piece and the sliding foot positioned for easy use.

b) Baby Height Measuring mat:- for infants and small children.


A space saving, easy and accurate solution for baby length measuring , Measuring range - 8 to
75 cm , Dimension - 95 x 25 x 10 cm. Wall Hanging possible, Washable material Ultra-soft
flexible measuring mat for infant height monitoring.

Features

 A space saving, easy and accurate solution for baby length measuring
 Measuring range - 8 to 75 cm
 Dimension - 95 x 25 x 10 cm
 Wall Hanging possible
 Washable material
 Flexible, foldable and easily position able

4. Electronic Baby Weighing Scale

MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION


(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)

Weighing Scale

Version no. : 1.0


Date: 13/08/13
Done by : (name / institution) HCT/ NHSRC
NAME AND CODING
GMDN name NA (Instrument)
GMDN code(s) NA
Definition NA

GENERAL
1 USE
1.1 Clinical purpose to measure body mass of the neonate
1.2 Used by clinical NICU/SNCU
department/ward
Overview of functional
1.3
requirements

TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
1. Table top, light and portable,
2. Built in rechargeable battery,
3. Easy to clean baby tray (acrylic),
Technical 4. Zero weight adjustment facility,
2.1 characteristics (specific 5. Quick, clear digital read outs,
to this type of device) 6. Measurement does not change with position of baby on the pan;
7. Provision to measure the height of the baby in its laying position.
8. Accuracy: 5g, resolution: 1g, limit: 10gm ~ 15kg

Auto setting to 0.00 once a the machine is switched on or when no


2.2 Settings
external weight has been put on
2.3 User's interface LCD display
Software and/or in built
standard of
2.4
communication(where
ever required)
3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
3.1 Dimensions (metric) Base: 300mm x 265mm x 85mm, Pan: 510mm x 300mm x 85mm
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) NA
3.3 Configuration N.A.
3.4 Noise (in dBA) N.A.
3.5 heat dissipation NA
3.6 Mobility, portability Portable
4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)
230 V AC,
4.1 Power Requirements
4.2 Battery operated 6V, one hour backup
Tolerance (to variations, NA
4.3
shutdowns)
NA
4.4 Protection

4.5 Power consumption NA


4.6 Other energy supplies NA

5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES


NA
Accessories (mandatory,
standard, optional);
5.1 Spare parts (main ones);
Consumables / reagents
(open, closed system)
6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATONS
Capable of stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 to 50
deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90% in ideal circumstances
Atmosphere / Ambiance
–Capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to
6.1 (air conditioning,
40 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90% in ideal circumstances.
humidity, dust ...)
– an ambient air velocity less than 0.3 m/s.

User's care, Cleaning, Complete unit to be easily washed and disinfected using both
6.2 Disinfection & Sterility alcohol and chlorine agents.
issues
7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY
The Scale should be as per BIS specifications. The scale should
have ISI mark i.e. IS: 2489 Or CE/FDA certified. Should have
Certificates (pre-market,
model approval from Legal Metrology Dept., Govt. of India.
sanitary, ..);Performance
and safety standards
7.1
(specific to the device
type);Local and/or
international

8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION


NA
Pre-installation
8.1 requirements: nature,
values, quality, tolerance

Requirements for sign- NA


8.2
off
Training of staff NA
8.3 (medical, paramedical,
technicians)

9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE


9.1 Warranty one year
9.2 Maintenance tasks calibration schedule to be provided
Service contract
9.3 Any Contract (AMC/MC/ad-hoc) to be declared by the manufacturer
clauses, including prices
10 DOCUMENTATION
Operating manuals, NA
10.1 service manuals, other
manuals
Other accompanying NA
10.2
documents
Recommendations for Cautionary Note: Do not press the weighing pan with your hand. It
10.3 could damage the load cell system in the weighing machine
maintenance
11 NOTES
Service Support Contact
details (Hierarchy Wise;
11.1 Any Contract (AMC/MC/ad-hoc) to be declared by the manufacturer
including a toll
free/landline number)
Recommendations or
11.2 Any Contract (AMC/MC/ad-hoc) to be declared by the manufacturer
warnings

5. Electronic Adult Weighing Scale (Platform Type):


1. Capacity: 160 kg
2. Accuracy: 100 g
3. Platter Size: 350 mm x 300 mm (Tolerance +/- 10%)
4. The scale should be made up of heavy duty. Cast iron structure Platform with powder coated
Frames.
5. The Electronic Adult Weighing Scale should incorporate following features for user-friendly
Convenience.
6. Display: LED / LCD: 5 digits with min. height 14 mm.
8. TARE facility with zero function.
9. HOLD function to lock the weight.
10. MEMORY function, to keep the last weight in memory.
11. The Scale should have inbuilt rechargeable battery backup for minimum of 8 hrs.
12. Should operate on mains 220-240Vac, 50 Hz single phase.
13. The Scale should be as per BIS specifications. The scale should have ISI mark.
6. Height Measuring scale (Stadiometer)
MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION
(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)

Height measuring scale (Stadiometer)

Version no. : 1
Date: 17/09/2013
Done by : (name / institution) HCT,NHSRC

NAME AND CODING


GMDN name Patient-height measure
GMDN code(s) CT2049
GMDN definition A device designed to measure the height of a patient. It can be, e.g.,
a wall-mounted graduated scale or a freestanding vertical graduated
rod with an adjustable cross-piece that is placed on the top of the
patient's head. It may provide analogue or digital readings.

GENERAL
1 USE
1.1 Clinical purpose To measure the height of an individual
Used by clinical All
1.2
department/ward
TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
1. Stand should be made of metal
Technical 2. Measuring range should be 75cm to 200cm
2.1 characteristics (specific 3. Least Count should be 0.5 cm
to this type of device) 4. Should be simple and manual in use.

2.2 User's interface Manual


Software and/or NA
standard of
2.3
communication(where
ever required)

3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

3.1 Dimensions (metric) Measuring range should be 75cm to 200cm


3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) NA
3.3 Configuration NA
3.4 Noise (in dBA) NA
3.5 Heat dissipation NA

3.6 Mobility, portability Portable and fixed (as per requirement)

4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)


4.1 Power Requirements NA
4.2 Battery operated NA
Tolerance (to
4.3 NA
variations, shutdowns)
4.4 Protection NA
4.5 Power consumption NA
4.6 Other energy supplies NA
5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
Accessories
5.1 (mandatory, standard, NA
optional)
5.2 Spare parts (main ones) NA
Consumables /
5.3 reagents (open, closed NA
system)

BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS


6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATONS

Atmosphere / Ambiance (air


6.1 NA
conditioning, humidity, dust ...)
Complete unit to be easily washable and sterilizable
User's care, Cleaning, Disinfection & using both alcohol and chlorine agents.
6.2
Sterility issues

7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY


ISI mark
Certificates (pre-market, sanitary, ..);
Performance and safety standards
7.1
(specific to the device type);Local
and/or international

8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION


NA
Pre-installation requirements: nature,
8.1
values, quality, tolerance
NA
8.2 Requirements for sign-off
Na
Training of staff (medical,
8.3
paramedical, technicians)

9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE


9.1 Warranty Three years
9.2 Maintenance tasks NA

Service contract clauses, including


9.3 NA
prices

10 DOCUMENTATION
NA
Operating manuals, service manuals,
10.1
other manuals
NA
10.2 Other accompanying documents

NA
10.3 Recommendations for maintenance

11 NOTES

Service Support Contact details


Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local
11.1 (Hierarchy Wise; including a toll
service agent to be provided
free/landline number)

11.2 Recommendations or warnings NA


7. MUAC tape:
MUAC, Child 11.5 Red/PAC-50
Cut-off points
Red: 0 –11.5 cm
Yellow: 11.5 cm-12.5 cm
Green: from 12.5 cm

8. Head circumference tape-Non stretchable TEFLON synthetic material

Infant Head Circumference Tape

H C Tape: Ultra soft Non stretchable


washable Head circumference
measuring Tape

 Measuring Range : 5-50 cm / 2 -


20 Inch
 Graduations :1 mm
 Quantity /Box - 3 numbers/Box
 Box Dimension - 120 X 120 X 50
mm
9. ECG machine with pediatric Chest leads:
MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION
(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)
ECG machine with pediatric Chest leads
Adult: Bulb
volume is 5cc.
(dia.32mm) ,
Pediatric: Bulb
volume is 2cc.
(dia.23mm)
Ball's Dia: 28mm
and cup diameter:
23 mm also
compatible with
either Plug pin : din
3.0 or Banana :4.0
mm

Version no. : 2
Date: JULY 2014.
Done by : (name /
HCT/NHSRC
institution)
NAME AND CODING
GMDN name ECG machine
GENERAL
1 USE
ECG Machine is a primary equipment to record
ECG Signal in various configurations.12
1.1 Clinical purpose channels with interpretation is required for
recording and analyzing the waveforms with
inbuilt software.
1.2 Used by clinical department/ward DEIC, SNCU, NICU & PICU

2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
1. Should acquire simultaneous 12 lead ECG
for both adult and pediatric patients.
2. Should have Real time Color display of ECG
waveforms with signal quality indication for
each lead.
3. Should have Artifact, AC, and low and high
pass frequency filters.
4. Should have a storage memory of at least
100 ECGs with easy transfer by modem and
data card.
5. Should have full screen preview of ECG
report for quality assessment checks prior to
print.
6. Should have interpretation facility of the
amplitudes, durations and morphologies of
ECG waveforms and associated rhythm for
Technical characteristics (specific to this
2.1 adult and pediatric patients.
type of device)
7. Should have alphanumeric Keyboard for
patient data Entry. (Virtual or hard keys).
8. Should have High resolution (200
dpix500dpi on 2550mm/sec speed)maintenance
free digital array A4 size printer.
9. Should have report formats of 3 x4; 6 x2,
Rhythm for up to 12 selected leads; 12 Lead
Extended measurements, 1 minute of
continuous waveform data for 1 selected lead.
10. Should have battery capacity of at least 30
ECGs or 30 minutes of continuous rhythm
recording on single charge.
11. Should be able to be connected to HIS
/LAN/Wireless LAN
12. Should display ECG on LCD/TFT Display
of 640x480 pixel resolution.
13. USB Support for Storage on external
portable memories.
14. .Multimode of ECG Storage capability, 150
ECG on Internal Flash Memory.
14. Should have 3 operating mode:
Automatic, Manual & Rhythm.
15. Should have Defibrillation Protection.

2.2 User's interface Manual/automatic

3 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)


1. Power input to be 220 - 240VAC, 50-60Hz
3.1 Power Requirements
fitted with Indian plug i.e TYPE D/M
4 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
1. ECG Machine 12 Leads with Interpretation
2. Patient Cable
3. Chest Electrodes Adult (set of six) -02 sets.
4. Chest Electrodes Pediatric (set of six) -02
sets
5. Limb clamp Electrodes (set of 4) 02 sets of
Accessories (mandatory, standard,
Adult and 02 sets of Pediatrics
optional); Spare parts (main ones);
4.1 6. Tab electrodes for neonates (34/13mm) for
Consumables / reagents (open, closed
500 patients.
system)
7. ECG electrode adapter (set of 10) 02 sets of
pediatrics (Socket fit for 3.0 mm Din plug or
4.0mm banana plug)
8. Thermal Paper A4 Size for 500 patients
9.Supplied with suitable Trolley; which made
powder coated frame with SS304 grade to f/SS.

BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS


5 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATONS

1. The unit shall be capable of being stored


continuously in ambient temperature of 0 -
50deg C and relative humidity of 15 -90%
2. The unit shall be capable of operating
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air conditioning, continuously in ambient temperature of 10 -
5.1
humidity, dust ...) 50deg C and relative humidity of 15 - 90%
3. Shall meet IEC - 60601-1- 2:2001(Or
Equivalent BIS) General Requirements of
Safety for Electromagnetic Compatibility or
should comply with 89/366/EEC; EMC-
directive.
1) Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are
designed to come into contact with the patient
User's care, Cleaning, Disinfection & or the operator should either be capable of easy
5.2 disinfection or be protected by a single
Sterility issues
use/disposable cover.
2) Sterilization not required.
6 STANDARDS AND SAFETY
1. Should be US FDA and European CE,
approved product.
Certificates (pre-market, sanitary, ..);
2. Electrical safety conforms to standards for
Performance and safety standards (specific
6.1 electrical safety IEC – 60601 -1 General
to the device type);Local and/or
Requirements and IEC-60601-2-25 Safety of
international
Electrocardiograms.(OR EQUIVALENT BIS
Standard)
7 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
Pre-installation requirements: nature, 1)Availability of 5 amp socket;
7.1 2)Safety and operation check before handover;
values, quality, tolerance
1)Training of users on operation and basic
Training of staff (medical, paramedical, maintenance;
7.2
technicians) 2)Advanced maintenance tasks required shall
be documented
8 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE
8.1 Warranty 3 years
1)Maintenance manual detailing;
8.2 Maintenance tasks 2)Complete maintenance schedule;
- All spare parts and consumables should be
available with supplier or principals for a
period of at least 10 years.
8.3 Service contract clauses, including prices -In case of any change of dealership in future
the Manufacturer should undertake the
responsibility of maintaining the equipment
through the next dealer.
9 DOCUMENTATION
1. User Manual in English
2. Service manual in English
3. List of important spare parts and accessories
with their part number and costing
Operating manuals, service manuals, other 4. Certificate of calibration and inspection.
9.1
manuals 5. Log book with instruction for daily, weekly,
monthly and quarterly maintenance checklist.
The job description of the hospital technician
and company service engineer should be
clearly spelt out
6. List of Equipment available for providing
calibration and routine Preventive Maintenance
Support. As per manufacturer documentation in
service/technical manual.

List of important spares and accessories, with


9.2 Other accompanying documents
their part numbers and cost;
10 NOTES

Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and


Service Support Contact details (Hierarchy
local service agent to be provided;
10.1 Wise; including a toll free/landline
Any Contract (AMC/CMC/ad-hoc) to be
number)
declared by the manufacturer;

Any warning signs would be adequately


10.2 Recommendations or warnings
displayed
10. Ultrasound cum ECHO Machine for Pediatric and neonate
MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION
(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)

Ultrasound cum ECHO Machine

Version no. : 2

Date: May 2016

NAME AND CODING

GENERAL

1 USE

To evaluate the size, thickness and movement of


1.1 Clinical purpose heart structures (chambers, valves, etc.).

2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

1. The system should be a state of the art digital


technology system with all advanced imaging
features.

Technical characteristics (specific to this type 2. Capable of doing adult, pediatric and neonatal
2.1
of device) echocardiography.

3. Should have a high resolution TFT monitor


having screen between 12”-15” inches.

4. The system should have the facility for high-


resolution 2D, anatomical M Mode (both online
and offline), PW, CW, Color flow imaging and tissue
Doppler imaging.

5. Should have color compare mode (color mode


and normal gray-scale mode simultaneously).

6. The system should have zoom facility.

7. It should be an ultra portable package, hand


carrying machine. Total weight of the machine
should not be more than 6.5kg.

8. There should be automatic image optimization.

9. Should have one touch image optimization and


automatic real time Doppler tracing.

10. The system should have an easy to use control


panel with alphanumeric keyboard, illuminated
keys and status display.

11. The system should have facility for gain


adjustments using slide pot controls.

12. The system should have at least two ports for


adult and pediatric transducers.

13. Data entry should be possible by key board.

14. Should have image management facility with


facility for direct storage of images and loops in the
hard disk drive and options for review and edit
images, loops and reports.

15. The system should have the storage capacity


for at-least 50 patients’ data with an option of
removable storage and transfer image via USB
ports.

16. Should have ECG and respiratory phase input


on screen.

17. The system should measure all essential


parameters like diameter, area, ejection fraction
etc.

18. Should have automatic quantification of


Doppler parameters to display user selected
measurements.
19. Should have full DIACOM support inbuilt, ready
for connecting to remote server/ laser camera.

20. Should have a battery backup of at least 1


hour.

2.2 User's interface Manual/automatic

3 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)

The machine should come with required in-built


electrical stabilizer and should be compatible with
standard Indian electrical sockets (i.e TYPE D/M).
3.1 Power Requirements
Unit should function with 220-240VAC, 50/60 Hz
input power supply.

4 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES

There should be following transducers with the


machine:

1. One high frequency (5.0-12.0MHz) phased


array transducer for Neonatal heart and
Neonatal Head applications with a small
footprint size of 15x12mm. Should have
depth of field between 12-15cm and field
of view at least 105°.
2. One phased array transducer for use in
Pediatric heart with a footprint size of
Accessories (mandatory, standard, optional); 15x22mm and with a bandwidth of 3-8
4.1 Spare parts (main ones); Consumables / MHz. Should have depth of field between
reagents (open, closed system) 15-20cm and field of view at least 115°.
3. One tightly curved array transducer for
Pediatric abdomen; vascular applications
with a footprint size of 10x25mm and with
a bandwidth of 3-9 MHz and should have
depth of field 30cm and field of view 125-
140°.
4. One linear array transducer with a small
footprint for musculoskeletal application
such as DDH, vascular, small parts, thyroid
scrotal etc. It should have a bandwidth of
4.5-12 MHz with a field of view of 40-50
mm and depth of field 8 cm.
5. Z Score package for Paediatrics
6. The machine should be mounted on a
stand/ trolley of the same company with
wheels.

BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS

5 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATONS

1. The unit shall be capable of being stored


continuously in ambient temperature of 0 -50deg C
and relative humidity of 15 -90%
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air conditioning,
5.1
humidity, dust ...) 2. The unit shall be capable of operating
continuously in ambient temperature of 10 -

50deg C and relative humidity of 15 - 90%

3. It should have standard electrical safety norms.

1) Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are


designed to come into contact with the patient or
User's care, Cleaning, Disinfection & Sterility the operator should either be capable of easy
5.2
issues disinfection or be protected by a single
use/disposable cover.
2) Sterilization not required.

6 STANDARDS AND SAFETY

1. The unit should be sturdy, resistant to breakage


and damage on fall/ hit against the wall or hard
surface. Certification must be attached.
Certificates (pre-market, sanitary, ..); 2. Should have all possible software packages for
6.1 Performance and safety standards (specific to calculations.
the device type);Local and/or international
3. System should be US FDA and/or European CE
approved.

7 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION

1) The same machine must have been installed in


Pre-installation requirements: nature, values, India/Abroad earlier and its satisfactory installation
7.1
quality, tolerance & working certificate in India/Abroad.
2)Safety and operation check before handover;
1) Training of users on operation and basic
maintenance;
Training of staff (medical, paramedical, 2)Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be
7.2
technicians) documented.

3) Demonstration of the machine is must.

8 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE

8.1 Warranty 2 years of warranty and 5 years of CMC

1)Maintenance manual detailing;


8.2 Maintenance tasks
2)Complete maintenance schedule;

- Certificate from the primary manufacturer for


maintaining of the equipment/machine for at least
ten (10) years have to be attached.

-All spare parts and consumables should be


available with supplier or principals for a period of
8.3 Service contract clauses, including prices
at least 10 years.

-In case of any change of dealership in future the


Manufacturer should undertake the responsibility
of maintaining the equipment through the next
dealer.

9 DOCUMENTATION

1. User Manual in English

2. Service manual in English

3. List of important spare parts like transducers


and accessories with their part number and costing

4. Certificate of calibration and inspection.

Operating manuals, service manuals, other 5. Log book with instruction for daily, weekly,
9.1 monthly and quarterly maintenance checklist. The
manuals
job description of the hospital technician and
company service engineer should be clearly spelt
out

6. List of Equipment available for routine


Preventive Maintenance Support. As per
manufacturer documentation in service/technical
manual.
Cost of important accessories like transducers to
9.2 Other accompanying documents
be quoted separately also.

10 NOTES

Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local


service agent to be provided;
Any Contract (AMC/CMC/ad-hoc) to be declared by
Service Support Contact details (Hierarchy the manufacturer;
10.1
Wise; including a toll free/landline number)
The service centre with easy availability of spare
parts and the technical staff should be located near
the setup facility.

10.2 Recommendations or warnings Any warning signs would be adequately displayed


B-HEARING
C. Hearing equipment’s :
Validated Confirmatory / Diagnostic Tool Age Group
1. Screener paediatric Audiometer
2. Audiometer (Pure Tone Audiometer)
3. Paediatric Auroscope (Otoscope)
4. Tympanometer/Impedance Audiometer-Table top
5. Oto-acoustic emission(OAE) instrument 0-6 years
6. Automatic ABR screener without disposable electrodes 0-6 years
rather with integrated electrodes
7. Brainstem Evoked Response Audiometer with ASSR and 0-6years
both insert phone and Head Phone with facility for Bone
conductor
8. Tuning Fork 1 set-4 tuning fork of 4 different freq 128 Hz, All
256 Hz, 512 Hz and 1024 Hz
9. Speech and Voice analysis software All
10. Hearing Aids
11. 20 OPD material:
12. LED Head light
13. Thudicum’s speculum set
14. Killian’ speculum set
15. Laryngeal mirrors set
16. Posterior rhinoscopic mirrors
17. Aural Speculum all sizes black finish
18. Nasal Packing Forceps
19. Aural Suction Tips (Micro suction adapter)
20. Nasal Suction Tips
21. Tuning Forceps 512
22. Hartman’s Forceps
23. Eustachian tube catheter
24. Punch biopsy forceps
25. Laryngeal biopsy forceps
26. BP Handles of various sizes
27. Tongue depressor
1. Screener Pediatric Audiometer
1. Screener Pediatric Audiometer

2. Screener Pediatric Audiometer :


 Frequency: 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000 Hz
 Intensity: 0 to 80 dB (10 dB Steps)
 Tone: Warble tone, Narrow band noise and Broad band noise
 Free field & Single Earphone transducer (TDH39 Audiometric Headphone) with
cord and cup
 LCD bulbs for distraction of newborns
 Battery operated (AA size).{12v & also can work from 110 or 220vac mains}.
Useful for: Behavioral Observation Audiometry Estimating ear specific threshold using
single ear headphones in children. PA5 and AP2 *No headphones available for AP2
model
2. PURE TONE AUDIOMETER WITH BONE CONDUCTOR:DIAGNOSTIC

Useful for: Pure tone Audiometry Speech Audiometry Free field testing (125-8000 Hz)

MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION


(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)

PURE TONE AUDIOMETER WITH BONE CONDUCTOR: DIAGNOSTIC

Version no. : 1
Date: 17/09/2013
Done by : (name / institution) HCT,NHSRC

NAME AND CODING


GMDN name Audiometric/hearing aid tester
GMDN code(s) CT1512
GMDN definition An electro acoustic device intended to be used for the evaluation of
hearing loss (audiometer function), the evaluation of hearing aids
while worn to assure optimal amplification (real-ear measurement),
and/or for other hearing aid analysis (functions as the hearing aid
analyzer to check its proper function when this is being fitted to the
patient). It typically consists of a test box and a control unit that
connect to a computer that runs application software to provide
results and graphics (which may be stored in a database). The control
unit may also be connected to other manufacturer's test boxes, or run
as an audiometer or real-ear-measurement instrument without the
test box.
GENERAL
1 USE
1.1 Clinical purpose Evaluation of hearing loss
Used by clinical ENT
1.2
department/ward

TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
1) Should be Simple and convenient to Operate
2) Portable Diagnostic Instrument : AC, BC, Speech and Free field
Audiometer
3) Special tests such as short Increment Sensitivity Index (SISI), tone
Decay test and Alternate Binaural Loudness Balance (ABLB)Test
4) Mixing signals and channels can be mixed independently
5) Speech tests from SD-memory card, CD or microphone
6) Direct printout of the results or store report as PDF on USB memory
stick
7) Patient database for more than 1000 test results
8) Options include FF speakers, insert phones, PC interface, High
Technical Frequency – up to 10 KHz etc
characteristics
2.1 (specific to this 9) Range of frequencies from 250 HZ to 8000 HZ ,-10 dB(minus 10 dB
type of device) HL) to 100 dB
10) Increments of 5 dB
11) Frequency deselect ion: The following frequencies can be
deselected in the setup: 250, 500, 750, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000,
8000Hz.
12) Input : Tone 5 Hz or True sine wave frequency modulation
•INPUT: Tone, Speech, Tape, Pulse Tone.
13) Output : Either to right and left speakers and also earphones
•HEADPHONES: •BONE: BONE CONDUCTOR.
14) Tone decay test available
15) White noise masking
16) Both Air and bone conduction facility
17) For Free field : should have 2 separate good quality Speakers
18) Should also have good quality Head Phone
19) Could be operated both on battery and AC with built in voltage
regulator
20) Should have facilities for bone conduction Hearing Threshold
Range: 0 to 90 (up to)dB in 5dB steps
21) Accuracy better than ± 2 dB
22) Harmonic Distortion - less than 3%
2.2 User's interface headphone, speaker and printer
Type: Intel Pentium P4 compatible or better;
RAM: minimum 1GB; Hard disk: Minimal 5 GB free disk space
Software and/or
Interface: USB 1.1 or 2
standard of
2.3 Display: SVGA-Color Display 800x600 or better
communication(wh
Operating system:
ere ever required)
Windows XP SP 3 Professional
Windows 7 32/64bit Professional or Ultimate

3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Dimensions
3.1 NA
(metric)
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) light weight

Type: Intel Pentium P4 compatible or better;


RAM: minimum 1GB; Hard disk: Minimal 5 GB free disk space
Interface: USB 1.1 or 2
3.3 Configuration Display: SVGA-Color Display 800x600 or better
Operating system:
Windows XP SP 3 Professional
Windows 7 32/64bit Professional or Ultimate

3.4 Noise (in dBA) NA

3.5 Heat dissipation NA

3.6 Mobility, portability Portable

4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)


Power 220-240Vac; 50/60 HZ
4.1
Requirements
4.2 Battery operated minimum 2 hours backup

Tolerance (to NA
4.3 variations,
shutdowns)
4.4 Protection NA
Power as per device
4.5
consumption
5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
Accessories headphone, speaker and printer
(mandatory,
standard,
optional); Spare
5.1
parts (main ones);
Consumables /
reagents (open,
closed system)
BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS
6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATONS
Atmosphere / Capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 to
Ambiance (air 50 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%. Capable of operating
6.1
conditioning, continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and relative
humidity, dust ...) humidity of 15 to 90%.
User's care, Complete unit to be easily washable and sterilizable using both alcohol
Cleaning, and chlorine agents.
6.2
Disinfection &
Sterility issues

7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY

ISO 13485 certified manufacturer


IEC 60645:2012 general requirements for audiometers
IEC 60601-1: 2005 + CORR. 1 (2006) + CORR. 2 (2007) + AM1
Certificates (pre-
(2012) or IEC 60601-1: 2012
market, sanitary,
ISO 14971 : 2007
..); Performance
IEC 6060-1-2
and safety
7.1 ISO 8253(1) 1989 Audiometric Test Methods - Part 1: Basic Pure
standards (specific
Tone Air and Bone Conduction Audiometry
to the device
ISO 6189-1983 Acoustics-Pure Tone Air Conduction Threshold
type);Local and/or
Audiometry for Hearing Conservation Purposes
international
IEC 60651 (1979) and IEC 60804 (1985): Sound level meters
ISO-1999 (1992): Estimation of Noise-Induced Hearing Loss
US FDA or European CE certified product
8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
Pre-installation Supplier to perform installation, safety and operation checks before
requirements: handover.
8.1
nature, values,
quality, tolerance
Requirements for Certificate of Calibration and inspection from the factory.
8.2
sign-off
Training of staff Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall be
(medical, provided
8.3
paramedical,
technicians)

9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE

9.1 Warranty three years


9.2 Maintenance tasks maintenance manual detailing complete maintaining schedule
Service contract
9.3 clauses, including Local clinical staff to affirm completion of installation
prices

10 DOCUMENTATION
Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented
Operating
User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in English
manuals, service
10.1 language.
manuals, other
List to be provided of equipment and procedures required for local
manuals
calibration and routine maintenance
List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their part
Recommendations
10.2 numbers and cost. Certificate of calibration and inspection to be
for maintenance
provided.
11 NOTES
Service Support
Contact details
(Hierarchy Wise; Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be
11.1
including a toll provided
free/landline
number)
List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their part
Recommendations
11.2 numbers and cost. Certificate of calibration and inspection to be
or warnings
provided.
3. Pediatric Auroscope (Otoscope)
MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION
(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)

Pediatric Auroscope (Otoscope)

Version no. : 2.0


Date: JULY 2014.
Done by : (name / institution) HCT/ NHSRC

NAME AND CODING


GMDN name Pediatric Auroscope
GMDN code(s) CT1930

GENERAL
1 USE
An otoscope allows the doctor to look into
the ear canal to see the ear drum.
Redness or fluid in the eardrum can
indicate an ear infection. Some otoscopes
(called pneumatic otoscopes) can deliver
a small puff of air to the eardrum to see if
1.1 Clinical purpose the eardrum will vibrate (which is normal).
An ear examination with an otoscope can
also detect a build-up of wax in the ear
canal or a rupture or puncture of the
eardrum.

Used by clinical ENT


1.2
department/ward
TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
1) Should be a convenient pocket type
Otoscope
2) Should be provided with a halogen light
source. With 5 extra bulbs
3) Should have detachable Otoscope
Technical characteristics
head
2.1 (specific to this type of
4) Should provide no reflections and
device)
obstructions
5) Should have in built rechargeable
battery. Recharge should be possible with
Direct mains supply
6)Magnification: a minimum of 2.5 X
2.2 Settings NA
2.3 User's interface Manual
Software and/or standard of NA
2.4 communication(where ever
required)
3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
3.1 Dimensions (metric) NA
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) NA(approx .3lbs{136G})
3.3 Configuration NA
3.4 Noise (in dBA) NA
3.5 heat dissipation NA
3.6 Mobility, portability Yes, Portable
ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2
4
....)
4.1 Power Requirements NA
4.2 Battery operated NA

Tolerance (to variations, NA


4.3
shutdowns)
4.4 Protection NA
4.5 Power consumption NA
4.6 Other energy supplies NA
5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
Accessories& Spares; NA
5.1 Consumables / reagents
(open, closed system)'
BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS
ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL
6
CONSIDERATIONS
Capable of being stored continuously in
ambient temperature of 0 to 50 deg C and
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air
relative humidity of 15 to 90%. Capable of
6.1 conditioning, humidity,
operating continuously in ambient
dust ...)
temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and relative
humidity of 15 to 90%.
User's care, Cleaning, NA
6.2 Disinfection & Sterility
issues
7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY
ISO 9001 and ISO 13485 certified
7.1 Certifications
manufacturer
8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
NA
Pre-installation
8.1 requirements: nature,
values, quality, tolerance
8.2 Requirements for sign-off NA
Training of staff (medical, NA
8.3
paramedical, technicians)

9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE


9.1 Warranty 1 year
9.2 Maintenance tasks NA
Service contract clauses,
9.3 NA
including prices
10 DOCUMENTATION
NA
Operating manuals, service
10.1
manuals, other manuals

Recommendations for NA
10.3
maintenance
4. Portable Tympanometry / Impedance Audiometer Instrument
MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION
(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)
Portable Tympanometry Instrument with Printer

Tympanometry
Acoustic reflex threshold (Ipsi & contra)
Eustachian tube test: Reflex decay test.

The primary purpose of impedance Audiometry is to


determine the status of the tympanic membrane and middle
ear via Tympanometry.
The secondary purpose of this test is to evaluate acoustic
reflex pathways, which include cranial nerves (CN) VII and
VIII and the auditory brainstem. This test cannot be used to
directly assess auditory sensitivity, although results are
interpreted in conjunction with other threshold measures.
An acoustic reflex threshold is a middle ear measurement of
stapedius muscle response to higher intensity and adequate
duration sounds for individual frequencies. Consider the
softest sound that elicits a reflex contraction of the stapedius
muscle as the acoustic reflex threshold. When the stapedius
muscle contracts in response to a loud sound, that
contraction changes the middle ear immittance. This change
in immittance can be detected as a deflection in the
recording.

Version no. : 1
Date: 17/09/2013
Done by : (name / institution) HCT,NHSRC
NAME AND CODING
GMDN name NA
GMDN code(s) NA
GMDN definition NA
GENERAL
1 USE
Used to test the condition of the middle ear
1.1 Clinical purpose and mobility of the eardrum and the
conduction bones
1.2 Used by clinical department/ward ENT
TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
1. Probe Tone:
o 226 Hz Amplitude: 85 ±3 dB SPL
Technical characteristics (specific to
2.1 o 1,000 Hz Amplitude: 83 ±3 dB SPL
this type of device)
o Frequency Accuracy: ±2%
o Total Harmonic Distortion: 3% Maximum
o Signal Type: Continuous Sinusoid
2. Protocol: Screening, Diagnostic,
3. Pressure Measurement System
o Direction of sweep: positive to negative
pressure
o Sweep Rate: 400 daPa/sec average during
data acquisition period. Should have sweep
rate 12.5, 50.0, 600/200 daPa/sec.
o Range: +200 to -600 daPa
o Display Resolution: 20 daPa
o Accuracy: ±15% or ±10 daPa, whichever is
greater
o Compensation: Auto-zero every test cycle
o Compliance range for 226 Hz: 1.0 to + 7.0 ml
o Tympanometry With Multiple Probe
Frequencies i.e., 226, 678, 800 & 1 KHz
o Automatic And Manual Tympanometry With
Selectable Pressure Ranges And Pump
Speeds
o Ipsi lateral and Contra lateral Reflex.
o Reflex Decay
o ETF for Intact and Perforated Ears.
o Large LC Display, Inbuilt Printer & PC
Interface
4. Stimulation for Reflex measurements should
be 250,500, 1K, 2K, 4K, BBN, LBN, HBN,
5. Stimulus: 100 µs click, external input, non-
acoustic.
6. Intensity range for Reflex: 35 to 120 (upto
110) dB HL with increment of 1 dB.
7. Facility of inbuilt LCD monitor & also facility
to connect external monitor.
8. Internal printer & also have facility to
connect external USB printer.
9. Internal memory for storing result up to 20
tests.
10. Should be supplied with data base
management software.

2.2 User's interface LCD monitor and printer


Software and/or standard of Database management software to be
2.3
communication(where ever required) supplied along with
3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
3.1 Dimensions (metric) NA
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) light weight
3.3 Configuration NA
3.4 Noise (in dBA) NA
3.5 Heat dissipation NA
3.6 Mobility, portability Portable
4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)
4.1 Power Requirements 220Vac; 50 HZ
4.2 Battery operated minimum 2 hours backup
4.3 Tolerance (to variations, shutdowns) NA
4.4 Protection NA
4.5 Power consumption as per device
5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
Accessories (mandatory, standard, Probe Assembly. Ear tips (standard and
optional); Spare parts (main ones); special size esp. for children), Printer thermal
5.1
Consumables / reagents (open, closed paper, Calibration test facilities.
system)

BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS


6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATONS
Capable of being stored continuously in
ambient temperature of 0 to 50 degree C and
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air relative humidity of 15 to 90%. Capable of
6.1
conditioning, humidity, dust ...) operating continuously in ambient temperature
of 10 to 40 degree C and relative humidity of
15 to 90%.
Complete unit to be easily washable and
User's care, Cleaning, Disinfection &
6.2 sterilizable using both alcohol and chlorine
Sterility issues
agents.
7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY
ISO 13485 certified manufacturer
IEC 60645-5/ ANSI S3.39, Type I
IEC 60601-1: 2005 + CORR. 1 (2006) +
Certificates (pre-market, sanitary, ..);
CORR. 2 (2007) + AM1 (2012) or IEC 60601-
Performance and safety standards
7.1 1: 2012
(specific to the device type);Local and/or
ISO 14971 : 2007
international
IEC 60601-2-18
IEC 6060-1-2
US FDA or European CE certified product
8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
Pre-installation requirements: nature, Supplier to perform installation, safety and
8.1
values, quality, tolerance operation checks before handover.
Certificate of Calibration and inspection from
8.2 Requirements for sign-off
the factory.
Training of staff (medical, paramedical, Training of users in operation and basic
8.3
technicians) maintenance shall be provided
9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE
9.1 Warranty three years
maintenance manual detailing complete
9.2 Maintenance tasks
maintaining schedule
Service contract clauses, including Local clinical staff to affirm completion of
9.3
prices installation
10 DOCUMENTATION
Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be
documented
User, technical and maintenance manuals to
Operating manuals, service manuals,
10.1 be supplied in English language.
other manuals
List to be provided of equipment and
procedures required for local calibration and
routine maintenance
List to be provided of important spares and
accessories, with their part numbers and cost.
10.2 Recommendations for maintenance
Certificate of calibration and inspection to be
provided.
11 NOTES
11.1 Service Support Contact details Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and
(Hierarchy Wise; including a toll local service agent to be provided
free/landline number)
List to be provided of important spares and
accessories, with their part numbers and cost.
11.2 Recommendations or warnings
Certificate of calibration and inspection to be
provided.
5. Oto-acoustic emissions (OAE) Instrument
MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION
(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)

Oto-acoustic emissions (OAE) Instrument

Version no. : 1
Date: 17/09/2013
Done by : (name / institution) HCT,NHSRC

NAME AND CODING


GMDN name Oto-acoustic emission system, battery-powered
GMDN code(s) CT118
GMDN definition An assembly of battery-powered devices designed to record and analyze
the faint sounds hair cells in the inner ear emit [Oto-acoustic emission
(OAE)] in response to a stimulus (e.g., click, tone burst, pure-tone
signals) to test for a deficiency of function in the ear during diagnostic
evaluation and/or neonatal screening. It typically consists of a portable
programmable unit, an OAE probe, and ear tips. The stimulus signal is
emitted via the probe inserted into the ear canal and the response is
recorded via a microphone in the probe; OAEs are absent / reduced in
patients with hearing loss. The system should not be combined with other
audiological devices (e.g., Tympanometer, ABR device).

GENERAL
1 USE
to record and analyze the faint sounds hair cells in the inner ear emit [Oto-
1.1 Clinical purpose
acoustic emission (OAE)]
Used by clinical ENT
1.2
department/ward

TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
a) Should be a handheld unit including probe cord and Cradle
b) Should have a Printer including power supply and power cable,
Printable text file display of the acquired data, including frequency, signal,
noise, response and testing parameters
c) Probe cord for extension at least 75 cm
d) DPOAE protocol with Fast, accurate results—in as little as 10 seconds
Technical per ear
characteristics e) Tip should be Easy-to-clean
2.1
(specific to this type f) Results should have an Objective test—no patient response required
of device) g) Pass/Refer result provided—No interpretation required
h) Should operate on rechargeable battery or AC power
i) At least 10-test memory
j) DPOAE Specifications: • Intensities from 40 to 70 dB SPL
k) 4 independent stimulus channel
l) 2 signal input channel
2.2 User's interface Probe and printer
in built
Software and/or
standard of
2.3
communication(where
ever required)

3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
3.1 Dimensions (metric) NA
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) Less than 2 kgs.

Type: Intel Pentium P4 compatible or better;


RAM: minimum 1GB; Hard disk: Minimal 5 GB free disk space
Interface: USB 1.1 or 2
3.3 Configuration Display: SVGA-Colour Display 800x600 or better
Operating system:
Windows XP SP 3 Professional
Windows 7 32/64bit Professional or Ultimate

3.4 Noise (in dBA) NA


3.5 Heat dissipation NA
3.6 Mobility, portability Mobile
4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)
4.1 Power Requirements 220-240Vac; 50/60 HZ
4.2 Battery operated Rechargeable battery with 2 hours backup

Tolerance (to NA
4.3 variations,
shutdowns)
4.4 Protection NA
as per device
4.5 Power consumption

5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES


Accessories Reusable ear-tips of various sizes starting from 3mm to 12 mm(each at
(mandatory, standard, least 10 for each size), probe cord, cradle, power cable and printer
optional); Spare parts
5.1 (main ones);
Consumables /
reagents (open,
closed system)
BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS
6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATONS
Atmosphere / Capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 to 50
Ambiance (air deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%. Capable of operating
6.1
conditioning, continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and relative
humidity, dust ...) humidity of 15 to 90%.
Complete unit to be easily washable and sterilizable using both alcohol
User's care, Cleaning,
and chlorine agents.
6.2 Disinfection &
Sterility issues

7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY

ISO 13485 certified manufacturer


IEC 60601-1- Medical electrical equipment-Part I: General requirement for
Certificates (pre-
safety
market, sanitary, ..);
IEC 60645-6- Oto-acoustic emission
Performance and
IEC 60601-1: 2005 + CORR. 1 (2006) + CORR. 2 (2007) + AM1 (2012) or
7.1 safety standards
IEC 60601-1: 2012
(specific to the device
ISO 14971 : 2007
type);Local and/or
IEC 60601-2-18
international
IEC 6060-1-2
US FDA or European CE certified product
8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
Pre-installation Supplier to perform installation, safety and operation checks before
requirements: nature, handover.
8.1
values, quality,
tolerance
Requirements for Certificate of Calibration and inspection from the factory.
8.2
sign-off
Training of staff Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall be provided
(medical,
8.3
paramedical,
technicians)

9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE

9.1 Warranty Three years


9.2 Maintenance tasks Maintenance manual detailing complete maintaining schedule
Service contract
9.3 clauses, including Local clinical staff to affirm completion of installation
prices

10 DOCUMENTATION
Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented
Operating manuals, User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in English
10.1 service manuals, language.
other manuals List to be provided of equipment and procedures required for local
calibration and routine maintenance
Recommendations for List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their part
10.2 numbers and cost. Certificate of calibration and inspection to be provided.
maintenance

11 NOTES
Service Support
Contact details
Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be
11.1 (Hierarchy Wise;
provided
including a toll
free/landline number)
Recommendations or List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their part
11.2 numbers and cost. Certificate of calibration and inspection to be provided.
warnings
6. Automatic ABR screener without disposable electrodes (rather with integrated
electrodes) Stimulation level 35 dBHL; incl software for Screening AABR,
Additional Follow-up measuring modes: Time-Step-Stimulus and Standard ABR:
Single vendor: see the chapter on documentation of single vendors
BERAphone
Screening and follow-up with BERAphone incl. software for Screening AABR, Additional Follow-
up measuring modes: Time-Step-Stimulus and Standard ABR, compatible with notebook or PC
with USB port, including carrying bag
Upgrade
For Frequency Specific Screening Test feature with two bands of 135 — 1500 Hz 1500 — 8000
Hz
Consumables:
Stainless steel electrodes (1 pc.)
Stainless steel electrodes for pre-matures (1 pc.)
Gel protection for electrodes (1 set of 3 pieces)
Electrode gel, bottle 250 ml 801 086
MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION
(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)
Automatic ABR Screener without disposable electrodes rather with integrated electrodes

Version no. : 1
Date: 17/09/2013
Done by : (name / institution) HCT,NHSRC

NAME AND CODING


GMDN name Evoked-potential audiometer
GMDN code(s) CT1512
GMDN definition An electro acoustic instrument designed to evaluate the activity of the
auditory pathway of the brain in response to an acoustic signal [auditory
brainstem response (ABR)] it provides at the ear (e.g., clicks delivered
through an earphone), without need of patient cooperation. The signal,
detected via the device's scalp electrodes and possibly a reference electrode
on the ear lobe, is measured using computer averaging and signal
processing techniques. This device is typically used to assess the function of
the auditory pathways and to differentiate coma due to metabolic factors
from structural damage.

GENERAL
1 USE
1.1 Clinical purpose to evaluate the activity of the auditory pathway of the brain in response to an
acoustic signal [auditory brainstem response (ABR)]
1.2 Used by clinical ENT
department/ward

TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
2.1 Technical i) Lightweight Design
characteristics ii) Inbuilt reusable electrodes make it easy to screen New Born and young
(specific to this Children
type of device) iii) Fast and automatic ABR-screening, reliable results within seconds
iv) Integrated electrodes and should have no disposable electrodes
v) Automatic Impedance Check indicating impedance conditions
vi) Stimulation level should start at 35 dBHL.
vii) No Abrasive Skin Cleaning should be required
viii) No Sticking Of Electrodes
ix) Results should be stored in computer
2.2 User's interface electrodes and computer
2.3 Software and/or in built
standard of
communication(wh
ere ever required)
3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
3.1 Dimensions NA
(metric)
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) light weight
3.3 Configuration Type: Intel Pentium P4 compatible or better;
RAM: minimum 1GB; Hard disk: Minimal 5 GB free disk space
Interface: USB 1.1 or 2
Display: SVGA-Colour Display 800x600 or better
Operating system:
Windows XP SP 3 Professional
Windows 7 32/64bit Professional or Ultimate

3.4 Noise (in dBA) NA


3.5 Heat dissipation NA
3.6 Mobility, portability Portable
4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)
4.1 Power 220-240Vac; 50/60 HZ
Requirements
4.2 Battery operated NA

4.3 Tolerance (to NA


variations,
shutdowns)
4.4 Protection NA
4.5 Power as per device
consumption

5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES


5.1 Accessories Electrodes
(mandatory,
standard,
optional); Spare
parts (main ones);
Consumables /
reagents (open,
closed system)

BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS


6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATONS
6.1 Atmosphere / Capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 to 50 deg
Ambiance (air C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%. Capable of operating continuously in
conditioning, ambient temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
humidity, dust ...)
6.2 User's care, Complete unit to be easily washable and sterilizable using both alcohol and
Cleaning, chlorine agents.
Disinfection &
Sterility issues
7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY
7.1 Certificates (pre- ISO 13485 certified manufacturer
market, sanitary, IEC 60601-1 -Medical electrical equipment-Part I: General requirement for
..); Performance safety
and safety
standards (specific
to the device
type);Local and/or
international
8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
8.1 Pre-installation Supplier to perform installation, safety and operation checks before
requirements: handover.
nature, values,
quality, tolerance
8.2 Requirements for Certificate of Calibration and inspection from the factory.
sign-off
8.3 Training of staff Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall be provided
(medical,
paramedical,
technicians)
9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE
9.1 Warranty Three years
9.2 Maintenance tasks Maintenance manual detailing complete maintaining schedule

9.3 Service contract Local clinical staff to affirm completion of installation


clauses, including
prices
10 DOCUMENTATION
10.1 Operating Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented
manuals, service User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in English
manuals, other language.
manuals List to be provided of equipment and procedures required for local
calibration and routine maintenance
10.2 Recommendations List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their part
for maintenance numbers and cost. Certificate of calibration and inspection to be provided.
11 NOTES
11.1 Service Support Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be
Contact details provided
(Hierarchy Wise;
including a toll
free/landline
number)
11.2 Recommendations List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their part
or warnings numbers and cost. Certificate of calibration and inspection to be provided.
7. Brainstem Evoked Response Audiometer or ABR with ASSR and insert phone
S.N BERA & ASSR

1 Operational Requirements
1.1 The system should be able to perform the BERA, ASSR.
2 Technical Specification for BERA
2.1 It should be 2 channels
2.2 Should have ability to record under physiological and electromagnetic noises

2.3 Impedance measurement should be built in and displayed on screen.

2.4 Signal presentation : right, left and both


2.5 Should have pre-programmed auto tests
2.6 Stimulus types: Click, Pure Tone, Tone Burst, Speech and User Defined Stimuli

2.7 Intensity: 0-100dB Nhl


2.8 Tone Burst 10 to 120 dB on 250 to 8000 Hz
2.9 Analysis time should be short
2.10 Masking : White noise or notched
3 Technical Specification for ASSR
3.1 Stimulus ‐ Modulated Tone, Clicks
3.2 Intensity : up to 125 dB SPL
3.3 Frequency response up to 5000Hz or better
3.4 Should be able to test multiple frequencies simultaneously for both ears
3.5 Automatic Generation of Audiogram in SPL/ HL
3.6 Phasor diagram should be generated automatically.
3.7 Frequency and intensity based phasor diagram.
3.8 FFT Values should be displayed
3.9 Should have spectrum graph
4 Technical Specification for VEMP
4.1 It should be 2 channels
4.2 Transducer type: Ear-Tone ABR insert phone
4.3 Stimuli: Click and Tone Bursts.
4.4 Should have automatic test protocols for Click and Tone burst.
4.5 Patient communication: Talk forward.
5 System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables
5.1 Should include all the necessary software, hardware and accessories for BERA,
ASSR, OAE, & VEMP without any additional cost.
6 Power Supply
6.1 Power input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz fitted with Indian plug
6.2 Suitable UPS with maintenance free batteries.
7 Standards, Safety and Training
7.1 Manufacturer should have ISO certification and the copy of the same should be
enclosed along with the technical bid.
7.2 The quoted model should have European CE/US FDA certification and copy of the
certificate should be submitted along with the technical bid.
7.3 Comprehensive training should be given for staffs and engineers till familiar with
the system.
7.4 Should have local service facility .The service provider should have the necessary
equipments recommended by the manufacturer to carry out preventive
maintenance test as per guidelines provided in the service/maintenance manual.
7.5 Must submit at least 2 nos. of latest purchase order of the quoted model dated
within 3 years along with the price bid.
7.6 Must submit at least 2 no. of unpriced PO copies and performance satisfactory
report within last 5 years from reputed clients along with technical bid.
8 Documentation
8.1 Complete User/Technical/Maintenance manual to be supplied in English (Soft copy
& Hard copy).
8.2 Certificate of calibration and inspection from factory.
8.3 Warranty & CMC as per tender terms.
8. Tuning Fork 1 set-4 tuning fork of 4 different freq 128 Hz, 256 Hz, 512 Hz and 1024 Hz
9. OPD materials:

• LED Head light


• Thudicum’s speculum set
• Killian’ speculum set
• Laryngeal mirrors set
• Posterior rhinoscopic mirrors
• Aural Speculum all sizes black finish
• Nasal Packing Forceps
• Aural Suction Tips (Micro suction adapter)
• Nasal Suction Tips
• Tuning Forceps 512
• Hartman’s Forceps
• Eustachian tube catheter
• Punch biopsy forceps
• Laryngeal biopsy forceps
• BP Handles of various sizes
• Tongue depressor
Speech and Voice software

S.No. Name of the Specifications Useful for Companies Apprx.


Software Price (INR)

1 Speech & Voice Recording of It is useful Vaghmi Voice & 1,30,000/-


Analysis speech with for speech Speech System,
Software minimum of 16 and voice Bangalore
kHz Frequency and recording
intensity analysis and
Perturbation analysis
measurement
Nasalance
measurement
(Vaghmi Advanced
Diagnostic Modules
with all add ons)-
with no external
module

2 Speech & Voice Therapy programs It is useful Vaghmi Voice & 1,50,000/-
Therapy for breath, voice, for speech Speech System,
Software intonation, & voice Bangalore
articulation, therapy
stuttering and
nasality
measurements

3 Articulation For testing children It is useful CAPP-K (Computerized 2,000/-


Testing in the language age for testing analysis of Phonological
Software of 2 – 3.6 years speech Process in Kannada)
sound AIISH, Mysore
errors in
Kannada

4 Articulation For testing children It is useful CAPP-M (Computerized 2,000/-


Testing in the language age for testing analysis of Phonological
Software of 2 – 3.6 years speech Process in Malayalam)
sound AIISH, Mysore
errors in
Malayalam
Hearing aid

Hearing aid is an option to improve the quality of life of hearing-impaired persons.

Audiologists are the professionals singularly qualified to prescribe and fit all forms of

amplification for hearing-impaired persons.

The proper prescription and fitting of hearing aids are important, as it is not a

straightforward step that ends at a specific point in time. Rather, it is a continuous

process that involves the patient, family, parents/caregivers (for the pediatric patient),

and medical/non-medical professionals especially in rehabilitation programs. Improper

assessment, prescription and fitting of hearing aids will lead to certain problems,

resulting in failure of using hearing aids.

This guideline can be used as the current best practice for audiologists in prescribing

and fitting hearing aids.

DEFINITION

• “Hearing aid” is defined as any electronic device fitted to the ear and
designed to amplify and deliver sound to the ear (Stach 1997).
• “Hearing aid prescription” is defined as the process of selecting the device,
including the verification and validation of the selection. Hearing aid provision
includes the prescribing and dispensing of hearing aids. It is an ongoing
process requiring the joint participation of the audiologist, patient/client,
family/caregivers, dispenser and others.
• “Audiologists” are professionals engaged in an autonomous practice, who,
by virtue of an academic degree in Audiology, clinical training to practice, or
by professional credentials, are qualified to provide comprehensive
professional services related to the prevention of hearing loss and the
audiologic identification, assessment, diagnosis and management for people
of all ages with impairment of the auditory system (Stach 1997).
RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS
As a minimal standard, audiometric testing and the prescription of hearing aids require:
• An Otoscope
• An OAE (Oto-acoustic emission
• An ABR
• An audiometer that allows calibration of insert phones
• Appropriate equipment to conduct visual reinforcement audiometry (VRA) and
conditioned play audiometry (CPA) (i.e. visual reinforcers, age-appropriate toys, etc.)
• Insert earphones
• A sound-treated room
• An Immittance system
• An electro-acoustic analyzer for hearing instruments (including real ear
measurement capability with the ability to measure and apply real ear to coupler
differences (RECD)
• Equipment necessary to adjust and modify the prescribed device (e.g.,
computer)

Measurement equipment for evoked potentials is required to estimate thresholds for


certain age ranges. The equipment should be calibrated at least annually and meet
National Standards

Audiometric threshold testing should be routinely conducted in a sound-treated room,


preferably with insert earphones is strongly recommended. In young children use of
insert earphones rather than TDH headphones is recommended to reduce testing error
due to ambient noise.
Severity of hearing loss

Degree of Speech understanding Amplification consideration


hearing loss

Mild Difficulty in hearing soft sounds Fitting hearing aid will help those
(20-40dBHL) E.g. whisper. who are acquiring speech & language
For children: Mild language High range or middle range
Retardation. Recommended
For older children: Mild speech
problem.

Moderate Difficulty in hearing normal Fitting hearing aid will be of benefit in


(40-60dBHL) conversation, especially in gaining speech& language
background noise Some intervention related to language may
Misses most speech sounds at be necessary
normal conversations High range or middle range of hearing aid
recommended due to the residual hearing

Severe Speech is inaudible even loud Hearing aids and intervention are
(70-90dBHL) speech at close distance necessary if a child is to learn speech&
Language.
With amplification given to the residual
hearing, all sounds of speech should be
audible; however the quality of the child’s
Voice may be affected.
Mid or high range hearing aid may be
Recommended.

Profound Hears no speech or other sounds Success of hearing aids depends on an


(90-120dBHL) individual basis for these children, as the
Residual hearing varies.
Intervention in regards to speech, vocal
quality and lang. are necessary, as for
natural speech acquisition is extremely
Difficult.
May be a candidate for cochlea implant.

Type of hearing loss


1. Sensorineural hearing loss: hearing loss due to cochlear (sensory) or 8th nerve (neural)
auditory dysfunction.
2. Conductive hearing loss: hearing impairment due to interruption of sound transmission
through an abnormal middle ear.
3. Mixed hearing loss: hearing loss with both conductive (middle ear pathology) and
sensory (cochlear or 8th-nerve pathology) components.

Categorization of patients

Patients may be categorized into four groups i.e.:

1. Infants and toddlers (0-2 years old)

2. Preschool age children (3-6 years old)

3. Primary school age children (6 - 12 years old)

4. Secondary school age children (13 – 18 years old)

COMPREHENSIVE AUDIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT (PEDIATRIC)

The purpose of the audiological assessment is to assess the possible causes and
extent of the hearing problem, estimate ear specific and frequency specific
thresholds, and assess the function of the middle ear.

The recommended test battery is divided into four age groups:


• 0-6 months developmental age
• 6-30 months developmental age
• 30 months – 6 years old developmental age
• 6-18 years old

1. 0 to 6 months developmental age


The required test battery:
a) Birth :
o High Risk Register Criteria
o Observational screening especially startle response
o OAE
o Screening BERA or ABR
b) Birth to 6 months

o High Risk Register Criteria


o Observational screening especially startle response
o Parental screening questions : age appropriate observation of child behavior
o Otoscopic examination to inspect ear canal and tympanic membrane prior to
OAE or ABR
o Oto-acoustic Emissions (OAE)
o Air conducted frequency specific Auditory Brainstem Response (ABR) or
Auditory Steady State Response (ASSR) preferably with insert earphone
o Immittance measurement with 660Hz probes frequency.
o Measurement or age appropriate prediction of Real Ear to Coupler Difference
(RECD) prior to hearing aid selection.

2. 6 to 30 months developmental age

The required test battery:

• Case history, including parent/caregiver and/or professional observation of child


behavior, antenatal, posts natal, medical history, family and developmental
history of the child including language development,
• Otoscopic examination to inspect outer ear condition.
• Visual Reinforcement Audiometry (VRA) using insert phone/TDH headphone
and bone conduction to obtain ear specific and frequency specific threshold.
• ABR or ASSR if VRA is not possible.
• Oto-acoustic Emissions (OAE)
• Immittance measurement with 226 Hz probe tone (Tympanometry) and acoustic
reflexes where clinically relevant.
• Measurement or age appropriate prediction of RECD prior to hearing aid
selection.
• ABR to cross check diagnostic result.
3. 30 months to 6 years old developmental age
The required test battery:
 Case history, including parent/caregiver and/or professional observation of child
behavior, antenatal, posts natal, medical, otologic history, language
development, family and developmental history.
 Otoscopic examination to inspect outer ear condition.
 Conditioned play audiometry (CPA) or Pure tone audiometry using insert
phone or TDH headphone to get ear specific and frequency specific threshold
(masked bone conduction threshold as appropriate).
• ABR if CPA or PTA is not possible.
• OAE measurement.
• Immittance measurement with 226Hz probe tone (Tympanometry and acoustic
reflexes where clinically relevant).
• Measurement or age appropriate prediction of RECD prior to hearing aid
selection.
4. 6 to 18 years old (school going age)
The required test battery:
o Case history, including parent/caregiver/teachers and/or professional
observation of child behavior,
o Identifying information purpose of referral, communication history, audiological
history, otologic history, school performance and medical history.
o Otoscopic examination to inspect outer ear condition.
o Pure tone audiometry using insert phone or TDH headphone to obtain ear
specific and frequency specific threshold (masked) bone conduction threshold as
appropriate).
o Immittance measurement with 226Hz probe tone (tympanometry and acoustic
reflexes where clinically relevant).
o Uncomfortable listening level (UCL) measurement if possible .
o Speech recognition test.
o Measurement or age appropriate prediction of RECD prior to hearing aid
selection.

High Risk Register Criteria (for early screening):


Some babies maybe identified at birth as being “at risk” for hearing impairments. The
following is a list of criteria to indicate infants who might be considered at risk
1. Family history of any blood relative with childhood hearing impairment; Yes/No
2. Rubella or other nonbacterial transplacental infection (e.g. Cytomegalovirus
infection, herpes infection, syphilis);
3. Defects of the ear, nose, or throat.: Malformed, low -set or absent pinnae,
cleft lip or palate (including sub mucous cleft), any residual abnormality of
the otorhinolaryngeal system
4. Birth weight less than 1500 grams; or any child receiving diuretics and
aminoglycosides during first month of life
5. Bilirubin level greater than 15 mg/100 ml serum or exchange transfusions;

6. Significant asphyxia associated with acidosis, as determined by attending


physician, and proven meningitis
7. Low Apgar Scores (zero to three at five minutes, zero to six at ten minutes)

8. Respiratory distress requiring admission for more than 3 days


9. NICU/SNCU stays greater than five days
10. Physical features associated with syndromes that include progressive
hearing loss
**For high risk newborns Auditory Brainstem Response should be done first as more
chance of Auditory neuropathy
Supplemental Questions
a) Did the child receive a Newborn Hearing Screening?
b) Does the child presently have a continuous or recurrent ear
infection?
c) Has the child suffered from any of the following: meningitis,
encephalitis, cerebral palsy, mumps, head injury, chemotherapy,
or birth defects?
d) Was the child in an intensive care nursery after birth?
CANDIDACY FOR HEARING AID PRESCRIPTION

PEDIATRIC

Any child with a significant hearing loss is a candidate for amplification. The criteria for
pediatric amplification include any of the following condition:

If the child has


1. Permanent, bilateral hearing loss of 25 dB HL or greater in the 1000 - 4000 Hz,
amplification should be considered.

2. Unilateral hearing loss in the affected ear confirmed by ABR and behavioral

testing, amplification in this ear may be beneficial. Monitored trial use of hearing

aids is suggested during the toddler or preschool years.

3. Unusual configuration of loss e.g.: cookies bite, the need of amplification should
be made on a case by case basis. The decision for amplification should be based
on
- Child’s audiological data
- Speech and language development
- Home performance
- Family preference
- Existence of other medical condition or special needs.

AMPLIFICATION PLANNING
Pediatric
After completing the assessment process,
• The audiologist and family/caregivers should discuss the finding and identify
areas of difficulty and need.
• In many cases the fitting of hearing aids will be incorporated as an early
component of the plan.
• Audiologist makes decisions on specific aspect of electroacoustic performance.
However, family/caregiver participates is strongly encouraged to participate in
other planning before decision making.
• Before initiating the fitting of hearing aids it is important to make sure that

family/caregiver develops realistic understanding of the potential benefit,

limitation and costs associated with procuring amplification.


HEARING AID
HEARING SELECTION

Non electroacoustic Characteristic

1.0 Hearing Aid Types

FACTOR CIC ITC ITE BTE BODY


Ease of insertion and removal III III III I
Ease of manipulating user controls I II III III
Invisibility III II I I III
High gain and maximum output I II III
Insensitivity to wind noise III II II
Directivity for (omni-directional microphone) III II I I
Directivity for (directional microphone) III III
Reliability III III
Compatibility with telephone III I I III I
Flexibility (for non-programs) I II II
Flexibility (for programmable) III III III II II
Ease of cleaning III I
Cost I II III III
Occlusion and feedback I I I I
CIC: Completely in the Canal; ITC: In the Canal; ITE: In the Ear,
BTE: Behind the Ear and Body

III, II, I: Relative advantages of different HA styles. Greater advantages relative to the
other styles are indicated by greater number of check marks.

1.1. Behind the ear (BTE) aids are the preferred choice for most children.

1.2. Hearing aids for children should be durable, have flexible features and suitable for
growing ears. ITE cannot be recommended for use with infants and young children due to the
small size and rapid growth of outer ear.

1.3. For older children decision for hearing aid style should be made based on the
degree of hearing loss, patient’s preference and social activities.

RISK OF HARM (from Inappropriate Haring Aid):


Inappropriate assessment of hearing problems or prescription and fitting of inappropriate
hearing aids can result in harm to children, including but not limited to:
o contributing to significant delays in the development of speech, language, literacy,
communication, socialization and learning in children
o impairing hearing further due to inappropriate and/or excessive amplification
o producing painfully loud sounds
o providing no measurable improvement in hearing
o negatively impacting on educational, vocational, social, communication, and emotional
and psychological aspects of life
o delaying appropriate treatment for an otherwise treatable condition

HEARING AID PRESCRIPTION


Hearing aid prescription is defined as the process of selecting the device, including the
verification and validation of the selection. Hearing aid provision, including prescription and
dispensing of hearing aids, is an ongoing process requiring the joint participation of the
audiologist, patient/client, family/caregivers, dispenser and significant others.
Hearing aid prescription in the pediatric population differs qualitatively from the adult
population for a variety of reasons:
1. Limited audiometric data are often available, either because of a limited ability to
respond to test stimuli or because of poor test reliability
2. Obtaining subjective feedback from the hearing aid user is generally not possible, and
therefore validation of hearing aid fittings may be based on parent/caregiver or other
observations, which may be biased, sketchy or unreliable
3. The presence of multiple disabilities may make the assessment and hearing aid
prescription process more difficult
4. Hearing assessment may be complicated by the presence of otitis media, and similarly,
prescription of electroacoustic characteristics may be complicated by fluctuations in
hearing loss related to otitis media
5. Physical differences in ear anatomy result in differences in ear canal resonance and
RECD for children and adults

Prescription from Audiologist must before giving the hearing aid


A. A hearing aid prescription should state the type of aid, appropriate settings and
applications that will result in an amplification system that will improve the quality of
life for the individual who is hearing impaired.
B. The audiologist, the child (where appropriate) and the family/caregivers will review the
extent of the hearing loss and determine realistic goals for amplification, as required
by each individual case.
C. Information regarding hearing loss and (re)habilitation options should be provided to
parents/ caregivers in a manner which is clear, unbiased and culturally sensitive.
Monoaural vs. binaural: Bilateral amplification should be prescribed for children
and adults in cases with bilateral hearing loss unless there is a clear
contraindication
Hearing aids
S.No. Name of the Specifications Useful for Companies Apprx.
hearing aid Price
(INR)

Hearing aids under C-DAC (Programmable Hearing aids till Severe loss)
1 Tarang Digital 100% digital Amplificat C-DAC, Tarang Digital 4773/-
Programmable programmable ion till Programmable Hearing (Purcha
Hearing Aid - hearing aid severe Aid, First and Second sed only
Body Worn Multiple listening hearing Floors E - 25, HauzKhas through
programs loss (90 dB Market New Delhi - Online)
Maximum SPL: & below) 110016. India Phones:+91-
134 dB Frequency 11-26510221 Fax: +91-11-
range (Hz)- Low 26510207
frequency limit-
200Hz High
frequency limit- http://cdac.in/index.aspx?i
6000Hz Sampling d=products_services
rate- 20KHz ADC
Resolution- 16 bits
Battery type- Ni-
MH battery
(Rechargeable) BIS
certified

2 Tarang Digital 100% digital Amplificat C-DAC, Tarang Digital 5340/-


Programmable programmable ion till Programmable Hearing (Purcha
Hearing Aid - hearing aid severe Aid, First and Second sed only
Behind the Ear Multiple listening hearing Floors through
(BTE) programs loss (90 dB E - 25, Hauz Kha Online)
Maximum SPL: & below)
134 dB Frequency Market New Delhi -
range (Hz)- Low 110016. India Phones:+91-
frequency limit-
11-26510221 Fax: +91-11-
200Hz
High frequency 26510207
limit- 6000Hz
Sampling rate- http://cdac.in/index.aspx?i
20KHz ADC d=products_services
Resolution- 16 bits
Battery type- Ni-
MH battery
(Rechargeable)
Easily available
button cell battery
BIS certified

Hearing aids for severe to profound hearing loss available in other hearing aid manufacturing
companies
3 Behind the ear 100% digital Amplificat M/s. Phonak India Pvt 13,000/
digital hearing programmable ion for Ltd, # 30, 2nd Floor, -
aids hearing aid severe to Castle Street, Ashok Nagar, onward
Multiple listening profound Bangalore – 560 025 Ph : s
programs & hearing 080 41127074 M/s. Otic
Channels loss Hearing Solutions Pvt.
Maximum SPL: Ltd, Sai Sangam, Office
greater 134 dB No. # 706/707 7th Floor,
Frequency range Plot No. 85, Sector 15,
(Hz)- Low CBD Belapur, Navi
frequency limit- Mumbai – 400 614 Fax :
200Hz High 022-27562973
frequency limit- M/s. Hearing Aid Centre
6000Hz Sampling (M/s. Bernafon) # 152-3rd
rate- 20KHz ADC floor, 18th Main, 1st Cross,
Resolution- 16 bits 2nd Stage, Near Domlur
Battery type- Flyover, Indira Nagar, 100
Button cell Feet Road, Bangalore.
Phone No. 09243601676
M/s. HAC Acoustic
Technologies (Hansaton)
TF4, Lokesh Towers, #18,
Kodambakkam High Road,
Chennai- 34. FAX: 044
42023520
C-VISION
C. VISION EQUIPMENTS:
SN PN Description : Good Lite Single vendor : see the chapter on Age Group
documentation of single vendors
1. 253300 Lea Grating Paddles 0-3 years
2. 252500 LEA Symbols Playing Cards 3-18 years
3. 250800 LEA Symbols Near Vision Card (16 inches/40 3-5 years
centimeters)
4. 252400 LEA Symbols 13-Line Translucent 3-5 years
Distance Chart (10 feet/3 meters)
5. 251100 Lea Symbol Low Contrast 10M Flip chart 3-18 years
6. 251600 LEA 3-D Puzzle 0-3 years
7. 253500 Hiding Heidi Low 2- 3 years
Contrast Face Test
8. 254505 Heidi Expressions Test Game 2-3 years

9. 52327 Spectacle Occluder 3-6 years


10. 52851 Occluder Glasses 3-6 years
11. 120 AAPOS Vision Screening Kit
12 258000 LEA SYMBOLS® Chart for Vision Rehabilitation 3- 6 years
13. 790000 Leo learns by doing- DVD for interaction with a vision
impaired child
14. 792000 WHAT and HOW Does This Child See? Instructional CD
15. 400444 COVD Pediatric Kit – 400444
16. Lea Fixation Stick 0-3 years

D1. Other VISION EQUIPMENTS : Age


group
17. Canon Power shot TX1 digital camera (Optional) All
18. Log mar Charts 4-18
years
19. Snellen’s Chart 6-18
years
20. Direct Ophthalmoscope All
21. Streak Retinoscope 6 months
to 18
years
22. Hand Held slit lamp (Optional)
23.Trial Lens Set Lenses containing :
a) Spherical + (+0.12D to +20D)
f) Spherical - (-0.12D to -20D),
g) Cylinder + (+0.12D to +6D)
h) Cylinder - (-0.12D to -6D)
i) Prisms (1 to 12) With ACCESSORIES Slit, Red, Green, Pin hole Occluder
24. Trial Frame :Easily changeable cylinder axis , Fully adjustable temple length and 3- 18
nose rest ; Wide range of I.P.D adjustments from 50mm to 78mm ;20mm reduced years
aperture; Accommodates up to 4 pieces, 48mm trial lenses and permits smooth and
easy manipulation of bridge and I.P.D; Smooth axis adjustment; Polarizing filters with
height adjustment for distance and near examination ;Vertex distance scale
25. Vision Testing Drums with all tests: test including tests- dots, English, any regional
language, numbers or pictures, ‘c’ or ‘e’ chart, spot light for retinoscopy, colour test,
duochrome test .
Near and distant vision drum
26. Illuminated near vision test drum with four test - English, Hindi, any regional
language, ‘c’ and ‘e’ test
27.Random Dot Butterfly stereopsis test with intermediate-sized Polarized glasses

D2. Other VISION EQUIPMENTS for ROP


28. Binocular Indirect Ophthalmoscope with a 20, 28 or 30 D lens For
preterm
children
29. Eye speculum (Alfonso infant wire speculum) 0-3 years
30. Scleral depressor (wire vectis)
31. ROP speculum
32. Laser console plus laser indirect ophthalmoscope with protective glass
33. RETCAM shuttle (Optional)
Medicine: All
 Phenylephrine 2.5%.
 Tropicamide 0.5%
 Cyclopentolate
 0.2%/1% Ciplox Eye drops 0.3%
 Proparacaine Hydrochloride 0.5 %
Description: Good Lite Single vendor:
1. Lea Grating paddles : Lea Grating paddles- (Product Id-253300; Vendor-
Good Lite)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name LEA GRATINGS paddle

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

For preferential looking test situations with infants or children and


adults with disabilities to determine detection acuity among normal
1 Clinical purpose children from birth to 3 years and also among older children
suffering from cognitive problems or disabilities.

-Grating levels printed on each handle should be: 0.25, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0,
4.0 and 8.0 c/cm (cycles per centimeter of surface);
Technical -Should include instructions and storage case. 4 paddles 8" (20 cm)
2
characteristics in diameter;
-Should be made of HDPE [high density polyethylene] or any other
non-tear water proof surface with plastic/wooden handle;
2. Lea Near single symbol Playing cards- (Product Id-252500; Vendor- Good
Lite)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Name Near Vision test with Lea symbol (Lea playing card set)
Version n 2
o.

Date: JUNE 2014


These specially designed playing cards make it easy to measure near visual acuity in young
children, while teaching concepts of similar/ different, /small, bigger/smaller. The 4 packs contain
16 cards each with symbols of varying sizes: 16M and 10M, 6.3M and 4M, 2.5M and 1.6M, and
1M and 0.63M. Includes training cards and instructions. The paper cards measure 1.6" x 2.75" (4
cm x 7 cm). Serial Number 252500

1 Clinical For measuring the visual acuity of very young children. It is used in examination of
purpose older children with brain damage to reveal the difference between visual acuity values
measured with the Playing Cards and with single optotypes, line test and tightly
crowded optotypes. It functions also as regular teaching material when a child is
learning the concepts of similar/different, big/small, and bigger/smaller.

2 Technical -The 4 packs should contain 16 cards each with symbols of varying sizes: 16M and 10M,
characteristic 6.3M and 4M, 2.5M and 1.6M, and 1M and 0.63M;
-Should include training cards and instructions.
s -The paper cards measurement should be 1.6" x 2.75" (4 cm x 7 cm);
-Should be made of HDPE [high density polyethylene] or any other non-tear water
proof material;
3. LEA Symbols Near Vision Card (16 inches/40 centimeters)- (Product Id-
250800; Vendor- Good Lite)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name LEA Symbols Near Vision Card (16 inches/40 centimeters)

Version n 2
o.

Date: JUNE 2014

Lea symbol chart fulfils the criteria to be a good vision


screening chart for pre-school children i.e. less than 6 years
(3to 5 years) age group for assessing a child's functional vision at near
distances. The chart contains very familiar 4 symbols like circle, square, house
and apple.
This test measures near visual acuity with proportionally spaced (log MAR) lines on
the front and lines with 25% and 50% spacing on the back.
Clinical The tighter spacing often reveals difficulties in seeing tightly spaced details, which
1 should be known when a child is learning to read.
purpose
Response key printed on test card. The more crowded test with 50% and 25% spacing
between the optotypes is a sensitive test to detect the increased crowding
phenomenon. 50% spacing means that the space between the optotypes is one half
of the width of the optotypes. Older children may be tested using the reverse side of
the near vision card where the same symbols are spaced more closely, as if reading in
words or sentences. The testing procedure is the same as for binocular testing on the
front of the card. The close spacing of the symbols on this test makes it a sensitive test
for the detection of mild amblyopia.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
-All optotypes should be of similar legibility;
-Each line should have optotypes size ranging from 20/400 to 20/10 (6/120 to
6/3) equivalent,
-Proportional spacing between the optotypes on one side
- More tightly-spaced symbols on the opposite side with 25% and 50% spacing ;
Technical --Should have 16 inches/40 centimeters -Lea Near Vision Chart;
2
characteristics -- Should have measuring cord for measuring 16 inches or 40 cm
-Student response or training card;
-Conditioning Flash cards;
-Should be made of HDPE [high density polyethylene] or any other non-tear
water proof material;
- Card size should measure at least 8" x 10" (20.3 cm x 25.4 cm)

4. LEA Symbols 13-Line Translucent Distance Chart (10 feet/3 meters)


(Product Id-252400; Vendor- Good Lite)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name LEA Symbols 13-Line Translucent Distance Chart (10 feet/3 meters) & Conditioning
Flash cards

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

Lea symbol chart fulfils the criteria to be a good vision screening


chart for pre-school children i.e. less than 6 years (3to 5 years) age
1 Clinical purpose group. The chart contains very familiar 4 symbols like circle, square,
house and apple.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
-All optotypes should be of similar legibility;
-Each line should have 5 letters (at visual acuity better than 20/100);
- Line sizes range from 20/125 to 20/8 (6/38 to 6/2.4)
-Proportional spacing between the optotypes;
Technical -Should have 0.1 Log MAR decrements in optotype size;
2
characteristics -Should have 10 feet Lea Vision Chart;
-Student response card;
-Conditioning Flash cards;
-Should be made of HDPE [high density polyethylene] or any other
non-tear water proof material;

5. Lea Symbol Low Contrast 10M Flip chart- (Product Id-251100; Vendor-
Good Lite)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name LEA Symbols Low Contrast 10M Flip chart

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Contrast Sensitivity testing especially low and intermediate contrast
levels is important in Communication and orientation in space for a
child. This detects and reveals changes in visual functioning that were
not detected with the high contrast. Measurement of contrast
sensitivity should be a part of routine examinations because vision at
high contrast may miss the actual functioning vision of a child
1 Clinical purpose
especially when the surrounding contrast is low or intermediate. Test
to easily measure, record, and detect changes in the transfer of visual
information when the change only affects visual acuity at low contrast
levels. Test for quick measurement of low contrast visual acuity at
25%, 10%, 5%, 2.5%, and 1.25% contrast by measuring the distance
Where the symbols are best seen.
-Each Page should have 5 symbols
- Each page should have symbols of one sizes but different contrast
ranging from 25%, 10%, 5%, 2.5%, and 1.25% contrast
-Proportional spacing between the optotypes;
-Should have decrements in contrast but optotype size remaining the
Technical same ;
2
characteristics --Response card;
--Training cards
---Recording forms
-Instructions ;
-Should be made of HDPE [high density polyethylene] or any other
non-tear water proof material;
6. LEA 3-D Puzzle:
The LEA 3-D Puzzle is designed for training and assessing typically developing toddlers
and other young children. The puzzle also serves as an assessment tool for individuals
with brain damage or for older children and adults with low cognitive abilities. It
Includes instructions and the booklet: Assessing Vision Development through Pictures
and Shapes. Tray is 6.75" x 6.75" (17.2 cm x 17.2 cm). The 4 symbol puzzle pieces are 2"
x 2" (5.1 cm x 5.1 cm) each.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Lea Puzzle

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

The LEA 3-D Puzzle is designed for supporting the development of


the concept of "same", first with colors, then with black & white concrete
forms that are prerequisites for the measurement of
Clinical recognition acuity with the LEA Symbols tests at an early age.
1
purpose During the play you can also observe eye-hand coordination
and awareness of directions, concept of “same” which are often problems
for children with brain damage, even mild brain damage or
among normal children from birth to 3 years.
-The 4 symbol puzzle pieces are approximately 2" x 2" (5.1 cm x 5.1 cm) each.
Tray is 6.75" x 6.75" (17.2 cm x 17.2 cm);
Technical
2 -Package should have tray, puzzle pieces including the booklet for assessing
characteristics
Vision Development Through Picture and Shapes and instructions;
-Should be made water proof material;
7. Hiding Heidi Low Contrast Face Test serial no. : 253500; Double Sided
Visual communication is the most important communication method during the first year
of life. The ability to detect objects of low contrast is an important component of the
visual system. For example, facial expressions are mediated by faint shadows and
changes in the contours of the mouth and eyes. Determining the levels of contrast that
an infant can detect helps provide baseline data for evaluating future changes. For
example, deviations from usual behavior may indicate disorders that leave vision at high-
contrast levels unaffected. Hiding Heidi Low Contrast Face Test is available in 2 different
versions: Double Sided: Four cards printed on both sides in the following contrast levels:
black, 25%, 10%, 5%, 2.5%, and 1.25%. Cards are 9" x 9" (23 cm x 23 cm). Includes
instructions.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Hiding Heidi Low Contrast Face Test.

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

For assessment of vision for communication, by using low contrast


1 Clinical purpose picture of face in children who are unable to respond verbally or by
pointing.
-Low Contrast Face Test-Should have multiple testing cards with
Technical variable contrast between 0-100% contrast;
2
characteristics -Should be made of HDPE [high density polyethylene] or any other
non-tear water proof material;
8. Heidi Expressions Test Game serial no. 254505
Heidi Expressions Test Game: Some children with brain damage-related vision loss may
achieve near normal results in routine vision tests (large visual field and normal or near
normal visual acuity), but cannot interpret facial expressions or recognize people's faces.
The Heidi Expressions test game improves early evaluation of vision for communication.
18 cards per set. Cards are 4" x 4" (10.16 cm x 10.16 cm). Product Number: 254505

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Hiding Heidi Low Contrast Face Test.

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Perceiving expressions is also a specific visual function. We can
assess a child's ability to perceive basic facial expressions and the
emotional states related to them by playing with the Heidi
Expressions Game that consists of pairs of cards with six basic
expressions. Of each expression there are two cards that are exactly
alike and a third where Heidi has a bow. If a child does not see the
difference in the expressions (s) he/she may pick as the similar ones
the cards where Heidi has the bow. In that case we accept the choice
as correct because of the bow but ask the child to look whether the
two faces are alike: "Is Heidi glad or sad in both pictures?”When
matching the pictures of Heidi without the bow the child may not
find the pair even among only a few cards. If the child does not seem
to understand what we mean with expressions, a thorough study of
expressions is needed. Many children have Cerebral Palsy, which may
be so mild that it has not required special treatment. If the child's
difficulties are not known and understood, his/her behavior may
1 Clinical purpose cause misunderstandings and needless negative experiences in social
interactions. Therefore, testing of a child's ability to see differences
among different facial expressions is an important part of functional
visual assessment. Vision impaired children have two different kinds
of problems in learning to recognize faces and to interpret: a) they do
not see expressions well enough to interpret them (=pathway
problem) or b) they have brain damage in the area of face recognition
and, therefore, do not recognize differences in people's faces and may
also have difficulties in interpreting expressions (= cognitive visual
problem). These children are unable to gather information related to
faces from the visual information entering the brain because the
normal Top-Down demand for face information does not exist. They
are unaware of faces. These children should be diagnosed early so
that we can use other functions to support their development in
communication. The Heidi Expressions Test Game should be included
in the assessment of early visual processing whenever a child has
symptoms of face blindness.

- Should have cards with various expressions


- Cards should be adequate for each expression to help in matching
Technical and the size should be at least 4" x 4" (10.16 cm x
2
characteristics 10.16 cm).
-Should be made of HDPE [high density polyethylene] or any other
non-tear water proof material;
9. Spectacle Occluder Item # 52327 Features a multiple pinhole
flipper and an angled handle to
keep hand away from mouth
during use. Made of impact
resistant plastic, it can be
sterilized with any non-solvent
based germicide Spectacle Occluder
10.Occluder Glasses Item # 52851 These occluding glasses have flip-up sunflowers
to permit occlusion of each eye. Supports 55mm
to 65 mm PD and recommended for children 3
years to 5 years old.
11. AAPOS Vision Screening Kit item no. # 120
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name AAPOS Vision Screening Kit

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

The AAPOS Vision Screening Kit is a basic comprehensive screening


1 Clinical purpose kit for screening the vision of individuals beginning at age 3.

Should have:
- Spiral-bound multisided, distance visual acuity eye charts that
can be hung on a wall or held in the hands.
- Separate for children who know their letters
-Separate for children who do not yet know their letters.
- Screening is conducted at 10 feet.
- Full-Chart Threshold and Single Critical Line formats:
Technical -Adhesive Stickers, Roll of 100.
2
characteristics -Black hand-held flip paddle Occluder for children.
-Children's Fun Frames Occluder Glasses who will not tolerate
patches.
-10-foot cord for measuring screening distance between chart and
child's or adult's eyes.
-Translucent Response Panel for matching.
- Instructions printed on one of the eye chart cards.
12. LEA SYMBOLS® Chart for Vision Rehabilitation item no. 258000
Technical specifications
LEA SYMBOLS® Chart for Vision Rehabilitation
item no. 258000

This test is designed for testing children and adults with severe visual
Clinical
1 impairment at a distance of one meter.
purpose
- Should have optotypes for acuity tests :
- The largest symbols of 50M in size, corresponding to 1m/50M = to 1/50
or decimal visual acuity 0.02, equivalent values 20/1000, 6/300.
Technical -The smallest symbols are 1M in size corresponding to 1m/1M = to 1/1 or
2
characteristics decimal visual acuity 1.00, equivalent values 20/20, 6/6.
- Can be folded and used at a distance of 40 inches/1 meter testing
distance
13. Leo Learns by doing- DVD for interaction with a vision impaired child
(790000)

Leo Learns by Doing


The Leo Learns by Doing DVD is a helpful tool for anyone who interacts
with a vision impaired child. Parents, caregivers, relatives, teachers,
doctors, and any other person who would like to contribute to the
connections with a vision impaired child will find this information
valuable. This video tells a story about a vision impaired child named Leo,
and his parents, who visit with his vision teacher. The vision teacher
shares step-by-step techniques with Leo’s parents to help Leo develop and
strengthen his non visual senses and skills.
Caring for and providing optimistic feedback to a vision impaired infant or
child can be challenging. A vision impaired child will need to interact with
their surrounding environment differently than a fully sighted child.
Techniques are available to help build and refine the non visual senses
and skills in a child with vision impairment as they start to develop from
infancy to early toddler years. Early intervention is imperative to
successful development and growing in a vision impaired child.
Product Number
Price Qty.1
790000 $25.00

14. WHAT and HOW Does This Child See? Instructional CD


WHAT and HOW Does This Child See? Instructional CD
"WHAT and HOW Does this Child See?" is a question that is asked each
day by many professionals in early intervention and education about
children with disabilities. This book attempts to help you structure your
questions so that you can look for answers together with other members
of your team. This book is a collection of questions and answers from
lectures presented by Lea Hyvärinen, MD, PhD, FAAP, and Namita Jacob,
PhD, in a number of countries. It is written for teachers and members of
early intervention and rehabilitation teams of children with disabilities,
but it also provides valuable information to ophthalmologists,
optometrists, neurologists, pediatricians, psychologists, and research
workers in early intervention and special education. This CD only contains
book text and additional material and resources, including videos. Product
Number Price Qty. 1
792000 $55.00
15.COVD Pediatric Kit –400444 SKU number

Specifications

Clinical The COVD Peds Kit contains everything you need to conduct vision exams with young
use pediatric patients in your practice. Included in the Kit is a LEA Symbols Pocket Near
Card with both proportionally spaced lines in logarithmic progression on one side, and
isolated rectangles around the symbols on the other side. You can also quickly and
easily screen near vision with the LEA Symbols Runge Pocket Card. The Runge Pocket
Card with LEA Symbols features optotypes in descending order ranging from 20/500
to 20/16.If you have difficulty occluding a child’s eye for monocular visual acuity
testing, then the pair of Frosted Fun Frame Occluder Glasses will make vision testing
fun and easy, for both you and your pediatric patient.
Also included in the kit are 3 great tools to capture a child’s attention: 2 Zoo finger
puppets, and 1 Mini Spinning Fixation Globe. These fixation targets will hold your
pediatric patients’ attention to help you achieve the best exam results possible

Technical The COVD Kit Contains:


1 Small Heidi Fixation Target
1 Good-Lite Fixation Cube with LEA Symbols
1 Good-Lite Fixation Cube with LEA 1 Symbols & Pictures
1 Mini Spinning Fixation Globe
1 Zoo Finger Puppets
1 Frosted Fun Frame Occluder Glasses Set
1 LEA Symbols Near Vision Card
1 LEA Symbols Translucent Response Panel
16. Lea Fixation stick
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Lea Fixation Stick

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

Lea fixation stick has grating on the other side a 5 cm face or symbol
that infants at 3 months typically fix and follow. Pediatric fixation
sticks provide a series of detailed accommodation-stimulation
1 Clinical purpose
targets for the young patient. The targets are calibrated for near.
Included is (as examples) a clown face, a dog, a beach ball, etc. Each
target is in brilliant color for patient ease.
-The set should consists of three (3) extremely durable plastic sticks
with both sides utilized for targets;
-Single sticks can be used for performing various tests: unilateral
(cover/uncover) test at near, alternating cover test at near, pursuit
testing, near point of convergence (NPC), motilities (ductions and
Technical
2 versions), vergence facility at near, fixation stability at near in
characteristics
diagnostic positions of gaze, amplitude of accommodation, and
accommodative facility;
-Dual sticks with different optotypes exposed to the patient can be
used for saccade testing;
17. (Optional) Canon Power shot TX1 digital camera
The Canon Power shot TX1 (CP-TX1) digital Indian J Ophthalmology. 2013 Oct; 61(10):608-11
camera Beyond photography: evaluation of the consumer digital
camera to identify strabismus and anisometropia by analyzing
the Bruckner's reflex. Bani SA, Amitava AK, Sharma R, Danish A.

18.Log Mar Charts-


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Log Mar Charts

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose For pediatric vision testing (visual acuity) in children above 3 years
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
-The Log MAR charts should maintain a consistent ratio between
optotypes and spacing’s, no matter what angular sub tense of the
optotype is;
Technical -Should have minimum 30inch. X 10inch. (Length X Width) size;
2
characteristics -Each acuity value should have the same number of optotypes and
the interaction of adjacent contours is consistent;
-Should be made of HDPE [high density polyethylene] or any other
non-tear water proof material;

19. Snellen’s Chart


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Snellen’s chart

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose For testing visual acuity in adults


-Should have 20/20 Vision Activity – Eye Chart;
-Should have minimum 30inches X 10inches (Length X Width) size;
-The chart should consists of rows of individual black characters
Technical printed on a white background;
2
characteristics -The first row should be a single large letter, with letters becoming
more numerous and successively smaller with each additional row;
-Should be made of HDPE [high density polyethylene] or any other
non-tear water proof material;
20. Direct Ophthalmoscope

MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION


(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)
Direct Ophthalmoscope

Version no. : 2
Date: JULY 2014.
Done by : (name / institution) HCT/NHSRC
NAME AND CODING
GMDN name Ophthalmoscope
GMDN code CT 1184

GENERAL
1 USE
Direct ophthalmoscope is a hand-held and
battery powered device containing illumination
1.1 Clinical purpose and viewing optics to examine the cornea,
aqueous, lens, vitreous, and the retina of the
eye.
Used by clinical NICU & PICU
1.2
department/ward

2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
1) Should be battery operated
2)Should have halogen light source
3)Should have red-free filters
4)Should have small and large spot sizes,
fixation targets, slit aperture
5)Should have hemi-spot and cobalt blue filter
6)Should have wheel control with lens powers
ranging from +20D to -35D in single diopter
Technical characteristics (specific steps up to 10D and 5D
2.1
to this type of device) steps above that.
7) Should have illuminated lens dial
8) Should have rubber brow rest
9) Should have dust free optics and a spherical
optical system
10) Should be supplied with a carrying case.
11) Should have a sturdy large battery handles
with rheostat adjustment.
12) Should be supplied with 1 spare bulbs.
2.2 User's interface Manual

Software and/or standard of NA


2.3 communication(where ever
required)
3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
3.1 Dimensions (metric) Max: 50mm x 50mm x 250mm
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) Max: 150 g (excluding battery)
3.3 Configuration NA
3.4 Noise (in dBA) NA
Heat Dissipation: Should maintain nominal
3.5 Heat dissipation Temp and the heat should be disbursed through
an cooling mechanism
3.6 Mobility, portability Handheld device
4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)
Recharging unit: Input voltage- 220V-240V
4.1 Power Requirements
AC, 50Hz
4.2 Battery operated Yes
Tolerance (to variations, NA
4.3
shutdowns)
Should have over-charging cut-off with visual
4.4 Protection
symbol.
4.5 Power consumption
5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
1)Replacement bulb/illumination source -10
Accessories (mandatory, standard, Nos.
optional); Spare parts (main ones); 2)Rechargeable cell battery - 6 Numbers (in
5.1 case disposable dry cell battery - 72Nos)
Consumables / reagents (open,
closed system)

BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS


ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL
6
CONSIDERATONS
1)Operating condition: Capable of operating
continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to
Atmosphere / 40 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90% in
Ambiance (air ideal circumstances.
6.1
conditioning, 2) Storage condition: Capable of being stored
humidity, dust ...) continuously in ambient temperature of 0 to 50
deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
1) Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are
User's care, designed to come into contact with the patient
Cleaning, or the operator should either be capable of easy
6.2 disinfection or be protected by a single
Disinfection &
Sterility issues use/disposable cover.
2) Sterilization not required.
7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY
Certificates (pre- Scanning laser ophthalmoscopes using Class 1
market, sanitary, laser are exempt from this requirement:
..); Performance Electrical Safety: IEC 60601-1
and safety Optical radiation hazards with
7.1 standards ophthalmoscopes: ISO 10942 or ISO 15004
(specific to the
device
type);Local and/or
international
Local and/or Manufacturer / supplier should have ISO
7.2
international certificate for quality standard.
8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
Pre-installation 1)Availability of 5 amp socket;
requirements: 2)Safety and operation check before handover;
8.1
nature, values,
quality, tolerance
Requirements for Certificate of calibration and inspection from
8.2
sign-off the manufacturer
Training of staff 1)Training of users on operation and basic
(medical, maintenance;
8.3
paramedical, 2)Advanced maintenance tasks required shall
technicians) be documented
9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE
9.1 Warranty 3 years
1)Maintenance manual detailing;
9.2 Maintenance tasks 2)Complete maintenance schedule;

The spare price list of all spares and accessories


Service contract
(including minor) required for maintenance and
9.3 clauses, including
repairs in future after guarantee / warranty
prices
period should be attached;
10 DOCUMENTATION

Should provide 2 sets(hardcopy) of:-


Operating 1)User, technical and maintenance manuals to
manuals, service be supplied along with machine diagrams;
10.1
manuals, other 2)List of equipment and procedures required
manuals for local calibration and routine maintenance;
3)Certificate of calibration and inspection;
Other
List of important spares and accessories, with
10.2 accompanying
their part numbers and cost;
documents
11 NOTES
Service Support
Contact details Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and
(Hierarchy Wise; local service agent to be provided;
11.1
including a toll Any Contract (AMC/CMC/ad-hoc) to be
free/landline declared by the manufacturer;
number)
Recommendations Any warning signs would be adequately
11.2
or warnings displayed
21. Streak Retinoscope
MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION
(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)

Streak Retinoscope

Version no. : 1
Date: 17/09/2013
Done by : (name / institution) HCT,NHSRC

NAME AND CODING


GMDN name Retinoscope, battery-powered
GMDN code(s) CT1512
GMDN definition A battery-powered, hand-held, ophthalmic instrument that is used to
measure the refractive errors of the eye through the projection of a beam
of light into the eye, and the observation of the movement of the
illuminated area on the retinal surface and of the refraction of the
emergent rays. The batteries may be of the rechargeable type, and are
housed within the handle of the instrument. Also known as a skiascope
and the method as sciascopy

GENERAL
1 USE
1.1 Clinical purpose Measure the refractive errors of the eye
Used by clinical Ophthalmology
1.2
department/ward

TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
1. Working distance of 50cm and a+2.0D sphere
2. Lamp: 3.5/4V Xenon or 2.5V Halogen; 0.9A
3. Should allow one-hand operation for streak focus and 360º streak
rotation.
Technical 4. Should have crossed-linear polarizing filter
characteristics 5. Should have an external focusing sleeve which is easy to grip and
2.1
(specific to this type manipulate
of device) 6. Should be interchangeable to plane mirror and concave mirror mode by
sleeve movement
7. Should use halogen/Xenon streak lamp
8. Should have 100% dust proof housing and multi-coated optics.
9. Should have detachable brow rest for spectacle wearer
Scope
2.2 User's interface

Software and/or in built


standard of
2.3
communication(where
ever required)

3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

3.1 Dimensions (metric) 230 mm length approx. (but not limited to)
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) 150 gm approx. (but not limited to)
3.3 Configuration NA
3.4 Noise (in dBA) NA
3.5 Heat dissipation NA
3.6 Mobility, portability Portable
4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)
4.1 Power Requirements Rechargeable Battery only
4.2 Battery operated Rechargeable battery which can be directly plugged in AC
Tolerance (to NA
4.3 variations,
shutdowns)
4.4 Protection NA
4.5 Power consumption As per device
5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
Accessories Bulb – 5 nos.,Bulb holder, Bulb cover and carrying case
(mandatory, standard,
optional); Spare parts
5.1 (main ones);
Consumables / reagents
(open, closed system)
BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS

6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATONS


Atmosphere / Capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 to 50
Ambiance (air deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%. Capable of operating
6.1
conditioning, continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and relative
humidity, dust ) humidity of 15 to 90%.
Complete unit to be easily washable and sterilizable using both alcohol
User's care, Cleaning,
and chlorine agents.
6.2 Disinfection &
Sterility issues

7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY

ISO 13485 certified manufacturer


Certificates (pre- IEC 60601-1: 2005 + CORR. 1 (2006) + CORR. 2 (2007) + AM1 (2012) or
market, sanitary, ..); IEC 60601-1: 2012
Performance and ISO 14971 : 2007
7.1 safety standards ISO 12865 - Ophthalmic instruments - Retinoscopes
(specific to the device ISO 15004 - Ophthalmic instruments - General requirements and test
type);Local and/or methods
international IEC 6060-1-2
US FDA approved or CE certified product
8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
Pre-installation Supplier to perform installation, safety and operation checks before
requirements: nature, handover.
8.1
values, quality,
tolerance
Requirements for Certificate of Calibration and inspection from the factory.
8.2
sign-off
Training of staff Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall be provided
(medical,
8.3
paramedical,
technicians)

9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE

9.1 Warranty Three years


9.2 Maintenance tasks Maintenance manual detailing complete maintaining schedule
Service contract
9.3 clauses, including Local clinical staff to affirm completion of installation
prices

10 DOCUMENTATION
Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented
Operating manuals, User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in English
10.1 service manuals, language.
other manuals List to be provided of equipment and procedures required for local
calibration and routine maintenance
Recommendations for List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their part
10.2 numbers and cost. Certificate of calibration and inspection to be provided.
maintenance

11 NOTES
Service Support
Contact details
Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be
11.1 (Hierarchy Wise;
provided
including a toll
free/landline number)
Recommendations or List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their part
11.2 numbers and cost. Certificate of calibration and inspection to be provided.
warnings

22.Hand held slit lamp

MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION


(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)

Hand held slit lamp

Version no. : 1
D
a
t 18/05/2016
e
:
Done by : (name / institution) HCT,NHSRC

NAME AND CODING


GMDN name Portable Slit Lamp
GMDN definition A battery-powered, hand-held, lamp
biomicroscope is intended for use in eye
examination of the
anterior eye segment, from the cornea epithelium
to the
Posterior capsule. It is used to aid in the diagnosis
of diseases or
trauma which affects the structural properties of
the anterior
eye segment.
The Slit Lamp is an instrument consisting of a
light source
that can be focused to shine a thin sheet (slit) of
light into the eye. It is used in conjunction with a
biomicroscope. The lamp facilitates an
examination of the anterior segment, or frontal
structures and posterior segment, of the human
Intended use / purpose of instrument
eye, which includes the eyelid, sclera,
conjunctiva, iris, natural crystalline lens, and
cornea. The binocular Slit Lamp examination
provides stereoscopic magnified view of the eye
structures in detail, enabling anatomical
diagnoses to be made for a variety of eye
conditions.
GENERAL
1 USE
1 Examination of anterior and posterior segment of
. Clinical purpose eye.
1
1 Ophthalmology
. Used by clinical department/ward
2

TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Type -Binocular Hand held Biomicroscope Slit
Lamp
Optics- Converging binoculars at 13˚
Magnification- 10x and 16x, lever change
Objective lens working distance @ 10x-
100mm
Objective lens working distance @ 16x-
80mm
2.1 Biomicroscope Field of view @ 10x- 16mm
Field of view @ 16x- 10.5mm
PD range- 50mm to 72mm
Eyepiece dioptric adjustment range- +/- 7
Dioptres
Size: Hand held device- 238 x 116 x 210 mm
Docking station- 205 x 138 x 40 mm
Weight: Hand held device- ~900g
Docking station- 300g

Slit type Rotating Slit wheel selection Slit


Lamp
Slit length 12mm
Slit widths 0.15mm, 0.5mm, 0.8mm and
1.6mm slits, 12mm circle and a 1mm square
2.2 Slit and filter system Filters Red free, Blue, Neutral density 0.8 and
Clear
IR protection Inbuilt IR cut filter
Slit angle +/- 60˚
Illumination control Continuously variable
from low to full brightness
in built
Software and/or standard of
2.3
communication(where ever required)

3 Description

Portable Slit Lamp comprises a rechargeable handheld portable illuminated biomicroscope system and a
desk mounted base charger unit that is powered from a low voltage (12V) power supply.

The hand held unit incorporates a lithium ion rechargeable battery powering the illumination system. The
illumination system and fixation targets are activated using a double click trigger located on the front of the
grip/handle. To increase or reduce the light intensity there is a rheostat located below the eyepieces on the
rear of the grip /handle.

The 10 x and 16 x magnifications optical system is controlled using a flip lever located under the adjustable
eyepieces.

4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)


4.1 Power Requirements Rechargeable Battery only
Rechargeable battery which can be directly
4.2 Battery operated
plugged in AC
NA
4.3 Tolerance (to variations, shutdowns)

4.4 Protection NA
4.5 Power consumption As per device
5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
Accessories (mandatory, standard, optional); Spare Aluminum Carry Case
5.1 parts (main ones); Consumables / reagents (open,
closed system) Test Bar
Power Supply
2x Rubber Eye Caps
Consumables Slit Lamp 6V 15W Bulb
BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS

6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATONS

Capable of being stored continuously in ambient


temperature of 0 to 50 deg C and relative humidity
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air conditioning,
6.1 of 15 to 90%. Capable of operating continuously
humidity, dust )
in ambient temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and
relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
Complete unit to be easily washable and
User's care, Cleaning, Disinfection & Sterility sterilizable using both alcohol and chlorine
6.2
issues agents.

7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY

Should be built in conformity


with Electrical Safety (Medical) BS EN 60601-
1:2006
Certificates (pre-market, sanitary, ..); Electromagnetic compatibility EN 60601-1-2:2007
7.1 Performance and safety standards (specific Ophthalmic instruments - Fundamental
to the device type);Local and/or international requirements and test methods
ISO 15004-1:2006
Ophthalmic instruments - Optical radiation hazard
ISO 15004-2:2007.
8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
Supplier to perform installation, safety and
Pre-installation requirements: nature, values, operation checks before handover.
8.1
quality, tolerance
Certificate of Calibration and inspection from the
8.2 Requirements for sign-off factory.
Training of staff (medical, paramedical, Training of users in operation and basic
8.3 maintenance shall be provided
technicians)

9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE

9.1 Warranty Three years


Maintenance manual detailing complete
9.2 Maintenance tasks
maintaining schedule
Local clinical staff to affirm completion of
9.3 Service contract clauses, including prices
installation

10 DOCUMENTATION
Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be
documented
User, technical and maintenance manuals to be
Operating manuals, service manuals, other
10.1 supplied in english language.
manuals
List to be provided of equipment and procedures
required for local calibration and routine
maintenance
List to be provided of important spares and
accessories, with their part numbers and cost.
10.2 Recommendations for maintenance
Certificate of calibration and inspection to be
provided.

11 NOTES

Service Support Contact details (Hierarchy Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local
11.1
Wise; including a toll free/landline number) service agent to be provided

List to be provided of important spares and


accessories, with their part numbers and cost.
11.2 Recommendations or warnings
Certificate of calibration and inspection to be
provided.
23.Trial lens set
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Pediatric Trail Lens Set

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose For testing vision


Sphere lens in Pairs (+/-) (160 count)—dioptors as follows: 0.25,
0.50, 0.75,1.00, 1.25, 1.50, 1.75, 2.00, 2.25, 2.50, 2.75, 3.00, 3.25,
3.50, 3.75, 4.00, 4.25,4.50, 4.75, 5.00, 5.25, 5.50, 5.75, 6.00, 6.50,
7.00, 7.50, 8.00, 8.50, 9.00, 9.50,10.00, 11.00, 12.00, 13.00, 14.00,
15.00, 16.00, 18.00, 20.00
Cylinder lens in Pairs (+/-) (80 count)—dioptors as follows: 0.25,
Technical 0.50, 0.75, 1.00, 1.25, 1.50, 1.75, 2.00, 2.25, 2.50, 2.75, 3.00, 3.25,
2
characteristics 3.50, 3.75, 4.00, 4.50,5.00, 5.50, 6.00.
Prism lenses (12 counts): Pairs: 0.50. Singles: 1.00, 2.00, 3.00, 4.00,
5.00,6.00, 7.00, 8.00, 9.00, 10.00
Auxiliary Lenses (16 count): 0.25 and 0.50 (+/-) Jackson Cross
Cylinder, Singles: Red Lens, Green Lens, Occluder, 1.00 mm Slit,
Polariscope, Frosted. Pairs: Maddox, Plano, Cross, Pinhole.
Lenses with a diameter of 28mm to fit into the Trial Frame
24. Children’s Trial frame
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Pediatric Trail Frame

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose For testing vision


Easily changeable cylinder axis , Fully adjustable temple length and
nose rest ; Wide range of I.P.D adjustments from 50mm to 78mm
;20mm reduced aperture; Accommodates up to 4 pieces, 48mm
Technical
2 trial lenses and permits smooth and easy manipulation of bridge
characteristics
and I.P.D; Smooth axis adjustment; Polarizing filters with height
adjustment for distance and near examination ;Vertex distance
scale
25.Vision testing drum
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Vision testing drum

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose For testing distance vision


Should be Design to suit all refraction rooms and easily mountable
on refraction unit and wall

• Compact & light weight


• Remote control with Cord
• Pleasing color to match all interiors
• Include color deficiency test
Technical • The regular sequence of charts should have
2
characteristics – English
– Hindi
– Regional Language
– C Chart
– Dot Chart
– All charts are available up to 6/4 vision (over correction)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
 Power Supply (Main): A/C 230V, 50 Hz, Two or Three Pin
Plug, 5A
 Battery-Cell: 9V battery-cell for cord-less remote
 No battery-cell required for corded remote
 Size of Unit: H: 135 mm, W: 340 mm, L: 325 mm
Technical  Size of Unit with Packing: H: 180 mm, W: 400 mm, L: 450
3
Specifications mm
 Weight of Unit: 9.00 K.G. (Kilograms)
 Weight of Unit with Packing: 9.50 K.G. (Kilograms)
 Packing: Unit should be supplied with high grade thermocol
box plus cardboard box
26.ILLUMINATED NEAR VISION TEST DRUM
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name ILLUMINATED NEAR VISION TEST DRUM

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose For testing near vision


Illuminated near vision test drum with four tests - English, Hindi,
Technical
2 any regional language, ‘c’ and ‘e’ test
characteristics
27.Random Dot Butterfly stereopsis test with intermediate-sized Polarized
glasses

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Random Dot Butterfly stereopsis test with intermediate-sized Polarized


glasses
Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

to rapidly access
1 Clinical purpose Amblyopia and Strabismus using gross through fine
stereopsis
Tests for 4800 to 20 sec of arc
• No Monocular Clues
• Includes both Adult and Pediatric Polarized glasses
• CE Marked
Technical
2 Features
characteristics
 intermediate-sized Polarized glasses
 Tests for 4800 to 20 sec of arc
 No monocular clues
 Butterfly with LEA – English instructions.
RETINOPATHY OF PREMATURITY (ROP) Instruments-

28.Binocular Indirect Ophthalmoscope with a 20, 28 or 30 D lens

MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION


(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)

Binocular Indirect Ophthalmoscope

Version no. : 1
Date: 17/09/2013
Done by : (name / institution) HCT,NHSRC

NAME AND CODING


GMDN name Ophthalmoscope
GMDN code(s) CT1184
GMDN definition NA

GENERAL
1 USE
1.1 Clinical purpose To observe health of the retina and the vitreous humor
Ophthalmology
Used by clinical
1.2
department/ward
TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
I. Should Have all pupil feature
II. Should have Brilliant halogen illumination which is easily adjustable
III. Should have Stereo optical system
Technical IV. Should have Cobalt Blue and Green Filters to filter IR and UV rays
characteristics V. Should be compact and light weight
2.1 VI. Should have simple controls for adjusting the headband
(specific to this type
of device) VII. Inter-papillary distance adjustable from 50-75mm
VIII. Should include various hand held lenses but must have (20D) and
(28D or 30D) aspheric biconvex lens.
ix. wide angle diffuser
Manual
2.2 User's interface
NA
Software and/or
standard of
2.3
communication(where
ever required)

3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

3.1 Dimensions (metric) NA


3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) light enough to be hand held
3.3 Configuration NA

3.4 Noise (in dBA) NA

3.5 Heat dissipation NA

3.6 Mobility, portability Portable

4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)


4.1 Power Requirements 220V; 50 Hz
4.2 Battery operated 12 to 16 hours of backup with 6V, 5W output (lithium ion)

Tolerance (to NA
4.3 variations,
shutdowns)
4.4 Protection NA
as applicable
4.5 Power consumption

4.6 Other energy supplies NA


5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
Accessories (mandatory, standard, optional), Spare Batteries, filters, lamp,
5.1 parts (main ones), Consumables / reagents (open,
closed system)

BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS


6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATONS
Capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 to
Atmosphere / Ambiance
50 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%.Capable of operating
6.1 (air conditioning,
continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and relative
humidity, dust ...)
humidity of 15 to 90%.
User's care, Cleaning, Complete unit to be easily washable and sterilizable using both alcohol
6.2 Disinfection & Sterility and chlorine agents.
issues
7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY
ISO 13485 Manufacturer;
Certificates (pre-market, IEC 60601-1: 2005 + CORR. 1 (2006) + CORR. 2 (2007) + AM1
sanitary, ..); Performance (2012) or IEC 60601-1: 2012
and safety standards IISO 14971 : 2007
7.1 ISO 10943:2011 Indirect Ophthalmoscope
(specific to the device
type);Local and/or ISO 15004 Ophthalmic Instruments- General requirements and test
international methods
US FDA approved or CE certified product
8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
Pre-installation requirements: nature, values, quality, NA
8.1
tolerance
8.2 Requirements for sign-off NA
Training of users in operation and basic
8.3 Training of staff (medical, paramedical, technicians)
maintenance shall be provided
9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE
9.1 Warranty Three year
9.2 Maintenance tasks NA
Service contract clauses,
9.3 NA
including prices
10 DOCUMENTATION
Operating manuals, service Required
10.1
manuals, other manuals
10.2 Other accompanying documents NA

Recommendations for NA
10.3
maintenance
11 NOTES
Service Support Contact details
Should provide complete contact details of sales and service
11.1 (Hierarchy Wise; including a toll
departments.
free/landline number)
11.2 Recommendations or warnings NA
29. Eye speculum (Alfonso infant wire speculum)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Eye Speculum (Infant wire speculum)

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose To keep the eyes open during any operation; light wire instrument.
-Should have a size of 7/8" (infant size);
Technical
2 -Should have 5.0mm closed wire blades;
characteristics
-Should have 27.0mm blade spread, nasal approach;
User's care, Cleaning, Sterilizable and cleanable using alcohol and other chemical
3 Disinfection & reagents
Sterility issues

4 Warranty 3 Years
30. Scleral depressor (wire vectis)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Scleral depressor (wire vectis)

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

A loop of wire attached to a stack used to extract cataract affected


1 Clinical purpose
lenses. Specially designed for providing effective safety for eyes.
-Made of medical grade stainless steel;
-The instrument shall be free from burrs, pits, cracks and other
surface defects;
Technical
2 -The edges shall be even and rounded;
characteristics
-The soldering of the shank to the handle shall be neat and sound;
-The working ends shall be polished bright and passivated;
-Handle should have minimum 10mm length;
User's care, Sterilizable and cleanable using alcohol and other chemical
Cleaning, reagents
3
Disinfection &
Sterility issues

4 Warranty 3 Years

31.ROP speculum
 (Neonates Size)
 Used for ROP Screening
 High quality stainless steel
 Handle adapted good grip
 Traumatic tip with rounded edges
32. Laser console plus laser indirect ophthalmoscope with protective glass

MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION


(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)

Laser console plus laser indirect Opthalmoscope with protective glass

Version no. : 1
Date: 17/09/2013
Done by : (name / institution) HCT,NHSRC

NAME AND CODING


GMDN name Ophthalmoscope
GMDN code(s) CT1184
GMDN definition As in GMDN (http://www.gmdnagency.com )

GENERAL
1 USE
1.1 Clinical purpose To observe health of the retina and the vitreous humor
Used by clinical Opthalmology
1.2
department/ward

TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
i. Wave Length: Diode laser 532nm (maximum)
ii. Adjustable laser power: 50 to 2500m W
iii. Aiming beam through LIO- red diode, aiming beam focus and adjustment knob:
Adjustable delivered out of Laser Indirect Ophthalmoscope
iv. Diameter of laser spot: 50 to 500 micro meter
v. Should have digital control and continuous wave
Technical
vi. Filters: Cobalt blue, Red Free and yellow
characteristics
2.1 vii. Lamp: Good illumination bulb and at least 10 extra LIO bulb
(specific to this type
viii. At least one extra optic fiber cable set
of device)
ix. Capable of Exposure times: 0.01-5.00 seconds
Automation repeat within :0. 1-1.0 seconds intervals
x. Should include various hand held lenses but must have (20D) and (28D or 30D)
aspheric biconvex lens.

2.2 User's interface Manual


Software and/or NA
standard of
2.3
communication(where
ever required)

3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

3.1 Dimensions (metric) NA


3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) 750 gm maximum
3.3 Configuration NA

3.4 Noise (in dBA) <60dBA

3.5 Heat dissipation Air cooled system

3.6 Mobility, portability Yes

4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)


4.1 Power Requirements 220 Vac, 50 Hz, <3A, 50/60Hz Single phase or 110 Vac, <6A, 50/60 Hz Single phase
4.2 Battery operated NA

Tolerance (to NA
4.3 variations,
shutdowns)
4.4 Protection NA
as per device
4.5 Power consumption
5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
Accessories
(mandatory, standard,
Optic fiber cable , bulbs, 500VA CVT, one extra set of goggles for eye protection of
optional), Spare parts
the Assistant 810 nm Protective glasses, 20 D/ 28 D lens with a clear aperture of
5.1 (main ones),
51mm and 45 degree retinal field of view, optional Retcam and optional camera (if
Consumables /
one is going for Ret Cam).
reagents (open,
closed system)

BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS


6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATONS
Atmosphere / Capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 to 50 deg C and
Ambiance (air relative humidity of 15 to 90%. Capable of operating continuously in ambient
6.1
conditioning, temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
humidity, dust ...)
Complete unit to be easily washable and sterilizable using both alcohol and chlorine
User's care, Cleaning,
agents.
6.2 Disinfection &
Sterility issues

7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY

ISO 13485 Manufacturer;


IEC 60601-1: 2005 + CORR. 1 (2006) + CORR. 2 (2007) + AM1 (2012) or IEC
Certificates (pre- 60601-1: 2012
market, sanitary, ..); ISO 14971 : 2007
Performance and ISO 10943:2011 Indirect Ophthalmoscope
7.1 safety standards ISO 15004 Ophthalmic Instruments- General requirements and test methods
(specific to the device IEC 60825 for Lasers for laser products
type);Local and/or IEC 60601-2-22
international IEC 6060-1-2
US FDA approved or European CE certified product

8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION


Pre-installation Supplier to perform installation, safety and operation checks before handover.
requirements: nature,
8.1
values, quality,
tolerance
Requirements for Certificate of Calibration and inspection from the factory.
8.2
sign-off
Training of staff Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall be provided
(medical,
8.3
paramedical,
technicians)

9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE

9.1 Warranty three years


9.2 Maintenance tasks maintenance manual detailing complete maintaining schedule
Service contract
9.3 clauses, including Local clinical staff to affirm completion of installation
prices

10 DOCUMENTATION
Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented
Operating manuals,
User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in English language.
10.1 service manuals,
List to be provided of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and
other manuals
routine maintenance
Other accompanying List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their part numbers and
10.2 cost. Certificate of calibration and inspection to be provided.
documents

11 NOTES
Service Support
Contact details
11.1 (Hierarchy Wise; Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be provided
including a toll
free/landline number)
Recommendations or List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their part numbers and
11.2 cost. Certificate of calibration and inspection to be provided.
warnings
33.RETCAM SHUTTLE
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF RETCAM SHUTTLE

 Notebook with Large LCD display for Real time Video, Image Processing & transfer
 Work surface with convenient hand piece holster
 3-chip ccd camera, light weight easy to position, use with 5 changeable lenses
 ROP Lens 130 degree
 High Mag Lens 30 degree
 Children Lens
 Portrait Lens
 Real time Video system with video printer
 Hinged access doors for upper & lower storage compartments
 Secondary work surface
 Lens storage box
 Container for tools & supplies
 Internal hand piece holster for storage during transport
 Tri-function foot control
 Dual wheel casters for easy maneuverability
 Easy grip extendable handle for transport
 5 years comprehensive warranty from date of installation of the machine, but any consumables like
lenses optical fiber etc not covers under warranty.
 CVT/Online UPS for RETCAM
 Wide field of View.

Hardware

Physical-19” (483 mm) wide x 19” (483 mm) deep x 34”(864 mm) high

65 lbs. (30 Kg)

Electrical

Power consumption: 250 VA maximum

Input Power: 100-240V~, 50/60 Hz

Fuse: T 3A/250V

Software

MS Windows XP Embedded SP2 operating system

Environmental Conditions

The system intended for use indoors, at normal room temperatures, upright, on a level surface, with the
brakes applied to the front casters
Notebook Computer
Imaging Cart:
Intel Core T2 Duo processor
Footprint 19” x 18.5”
2GB Random Access Memory

160 GB hard drive Work Surface Height 34.8”

4 USB connections Work Surface Area 230 square inches

Audio Display 15.6


10/100 Ethernet Adapter

Suggested model: Clarity Medical Systems


D-PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTS
E: Tools for psychological tests: Age Group
1. Receptive-Expressive Emergent Language Test—Third Edition 0-3 years
(REEL-3)
2. LPT: Linguistic profile test 3-9 years

3. Developmental assessment for Indian Infants (DASSI) From birth to 30


months

4. Vineland Social Maturity Scale 0-9 years

5. Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales 0-9 years

6. .Developmental Screening Test (DST) by Bharat Raj 1-15 years

7. Denver Developmental Screening Test II (DDST-II) 1 month to 6


years

8. Stanford Binet (Indian adaptation-Kulshreshta) 2- 9 years

9. *Bayley-III Screening Test Complete Kit Includes; Manual, Stim 1 month to 42


Book, Picture Book, Record Forms 25 Packs. months

10. PiagetsSensori-motor Intelligence Scale 0-2 years • Piagetian 0-2 years


Cognitive Tasks
11. Dyslexia Early Screening Test 4-6 years (DEST) and 4-6 years and 6-
Dyslexia Screening Test Junior (6-11 years) 11 years

12. Nimhans battery 6- 9 years

13.Childhood Behavioral Checklist CBCL 0-2 years

14. Cerebral Palsy and Neuro-motor impairment: INCLEN (INDT- 0-9 years
NMI)
15.INCLEN Diagnostic Tool for Epilepsy (INDT-EPI) 2-9 years
1. Receptive-Expressive Emergent Language Test—Third Edition (REEL-3)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Receptive-Expressive Emergent Language Test

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

The REEL-3 uses the behavioral observations of parents or


1 Clinical purpose guardians to identify major language problems in
youngsters up to 3 years of age.
-Should have paper based forms;
Technical
2 -Should consists of two core subtests--Receptive Language
characteristics
and Expressive Language (3rd edition);
2. Linguistic Profile Test (LPT)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Linguistic Profile Test (LPT)

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014


For evaluation as well as a basis for rehabilitation and
1 Clinical purpose
linguistic retraining of the communicatively disabled
-Should have paper based forms;
-Forms should have focused on the collection of normative
data for school going children from Grade 1 to Grade V for
the LPT;
-Forms should be suitable for collecting data for children
ranging in age from 6+ years to 10+;
-Form should be compatible with 30 subjects in each age
Technical group;
2
characteristics -Forms should include Mean and Standard deviation of LPT
scores. Mean and standard deviations of each of the three
sections (Phonology, Syntax and Semantics) of LPT should
also mention;
-Forms should have normative data, which would be useful
in identifying children with language disorders at particular
linguistic levels and also as a baseline for speech-language
therapy;
3. Developmental Assessment scales for Indian infant (DASII)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Developmental Assessment scales for Indian infant (DASII)

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

Motor items tests loco motor skill, manipulatory behavior


and supine to erect posture. Mental scale scores
cognizance, perceptual pursuit, exploration,
1 Clinical purpose
communication and language comprehension, manual
dexterity, spatial relationship, social interaction, and
imitative behavior.
-For Age group: 0-30 months;
Technical -The scales should consist of 67 items for motor and 163
2
characteristics items for development, total no. of items: 230;
4. Vineland Social Maturity Scale
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Vineland Social Maturity Scale

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

Measures social competence, self-help skills, and adaptive


behavior from infancy to adulthood. It is used in planning
1 Clinical purpose
for therapy and/or individualized instruction for persons
with mental retardation or emotional disorders.
-Should consist of a 117data field interview format for
parent or other primary caregiver. The test should consists
of 8 sub-scales measuring:
• Communication skills
• General self-help ability
• Locomotion skills
Technical
2 • Occupation skills
characteristics
• Self-direction
• Self-help eating
• Self-help dressing
• Socialization skills;
-Should have paper based;
5. Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

To measure adaptive behavior of individuals from birth to


age 90.
Development evaluations.
1 Clinical purpose
Clinical Diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder, Genetic
disorder Developmental.

-The Vineland-II contains 5 domains each with 2-3 sub


domains;
-The main domains are:
Technical
2 Communication, Daily Living Skills, Socialization, Motor
characteristics
Skills, and Maladaptive Behavior (optional). The domain
scores yield an adaptive behavior composite;
-Should have paper based;
6. Developmental Screening Test (DST) by Bharat Raj
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Developmental Screening Test (DST) by Bharat Raj

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose Task performing activity


-Bharat Raj DST;
-The scale reflects what percentage of a certain age group
is able to perform a certain task;
Technical
2 -Should have paper based forms;
characteristics
-Booklet should be made of HDPE [high density
polyethylene] or any other non-tear water proof material;
-Booklet should have durable spiral binding;
7. Denver Scale II- Developmental Screening Test II
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Denver Scale II- Developmental Screening Test II

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

The DENVER II is a revision and update of the Denver


Developmental Screening Test, DDST. Both were designed
1 Clinical purpose for use by the clinician, teacher, or other early childhood
professional to monitor the development of infants and
preschool-aged children.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
-Used to monitor children at risk for developmental
problems;
-125 performances based and parent report items are used
to screen children's development in four areas of
functioning: fine motor-adaptive, gross motor, personal
Technical
2 social, and language skills;
characteristics
-Age range
1 month to 6 years of age;
-Time
10 to 20 minutes;
-Should have paper based forms;

8. Stanford Binet (Indian adaptation-Kulshreshta)


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Stanford Binet (Indian adaptation-Kulshreshta)

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

-Age equivalent test to measures general mental ability i.e.


intelligence
1 Clinical purpose
-Binet-Kamat Scale of intelligence is the Indian adaptation
of the 1934 version of Stanford-Binet Scale of Intelligence
Age group: 2 years to 22 years
Technical
2 Administration time:50-60 minutes
characteristics
9. *Bayley-III Screening Test Complete Kit Including Manual,
Stimulation Book, Picture Book, Record Forms 25 Packs
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name BAYLEY-III Screening Test

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

To determine if a child is "on track" developmentally or if


1 Clinical purpose
further, more comprehensive assessment is needed.
-Age Range: 1 month to 42 months;
-Should have administration time: 10 to 20 minutes;
-Should have administration type: Individual;
Technical
2 -Should be able to assess cognitive, language and motor
characteristics
development, fast and easy administration using selected
items from full Bayley-III battery Child-friendly with playful
activities, cut scores according to age.

10.PiagetsSensori-motor Intelligence Scale 0-2 years • Piagetian Cognitive


Tasks
11.Dyslexia Early Screening Test 4-6 years (DEST) and Dyslexia Screening Test
Junior (6-11 years)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Dyslexia Early Screening Test 4-6 years (DEST) and Dyslexia Screening Test
Junior (6-11 years)

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

Screening tests of attainment and ability to determine whether a


1 Clinical purpose young child is experiencing difficulty in areas known to be
affected in dyslexia.
Dyslexia Early Screening Test - Second Edition (DEST-2) for 4-
6years should include 12 subtests: Rapid naming, Bead
threading, Phonological discrimination, Postural stability,
Rhyme/Alliteration, Forwards digit span, Digit naming, Letter
naming, Sound order, Shape copying, Corsi frog Vocabulary
(group/individual).
Dyslexia Screening Test - Junior (DST-J) is for 6-11 years and
should consists of the following subtests:
Rapid Naming
Technical Bead Threading
characteristics One Minute Reading
Postural Stability
Phonemic Segmentation
Two Minute Spelling
Backwards Digit Span
Nonsense Passage Reading
One Minute Writing
Verbal Fluency
Rhyme NEW
Vocabulary NEW
12. NIMHANS battery

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name NIMHANS battery

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014


For Tests of Speed, Attention,
1 Clinical purpose Memory, Executive Function,
Comprehension
Should include Finger tapping Test
Digit Symbol Substitution Test
Colour Trails Test
Digit Vigilance Test
Triads Test
Auditory Verbal Learning Test
Logical Memory Test
Complex Figure Test
Technical Design Learning Test
2
characteristics Controlled Word Association Test
Animal Names Test
Design Fluency Test
N Back tests (Verbal & Visual)
Self-Ordered Pointing Tests
Tower of London Test
Wisconsin Card Sorting Test
Stroop Test
Token test. Should be used for 6-9 years.
E-LAB EQUIPMENTS
7. Automated Blood cell Counter (3 part)

8. Microscope
9. Semi-automated analyzer
10. Digital Hemoglobinometer (with cuvic and lancet)
11. Hemoglobin HPLC system
12. ELISA Reader and Washer

1. Automated Blood cell Counter


MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION
(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)
Automated Blood Cell Counter

Version no. : 2
Date: JULY 2014.
Done by : (name / institution) HCT/NHSRC

NAME AND CODING


GMDN Automated Blood Cell Counter
name
GMDN
CT 1184
code

GENERAL
1 USE
The instrument measures the type of blood cell by analyzing data
Clinical about the size and aspects of light as they pass through the cells
1.1
purpose (called front and side scatter).
Used by Hospital, Blood Bank, Clinical Laboratory
clinical
1.2
department/w
ard

TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
1) Should have in-built thermal printer with software
compatibility for external computer/LAN and printer.
2) Should have extended linearity(preferably upto 25g/dl for
HGB, 1 lac/Cubic mm for RBC and 10 Lac/Cubic mm for
platelets.
3) Number of reportable parameters: a minimum of 18 parameters
4) Essential reportable parameters in whole
Technical blood:Hemoglobin(HGB);Hematocrit(HCT);RBC,MCV,MCH,M
characteristics CHC,RDW-SD,RDW-CV;WBC
2.1 (specific to #,Granulocytes(Neutrophils)#,Granulocytes(Neutrophils)% of
this type of WBC; Lymphocyte % of WBC; Mixed (Eosinophils, Monocytes,
device) Basophils and others)#; Mixed(Eosinophils, Monocytes,
Basophils and others)%; Platelets(PLT);MPV;PDW
5)Sample: Both whole blood and pre-diluted mode
6)Throughput: Minimum of 50 samples/hour
7)Principle: Electrical Impedance method
8)Minimum of three histograms-RBC,WBC and PLT should be
displayed
9)Memory: Minimum of 200 results memory
User's Manual with a provision for keyboard attachment
2.2
interface

2.3 Software Applicable software to be supplied


and/or
standard of
communicatio
n(where ever
required)

3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
3.1 Dimensions NA
(metric)
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) NA
3.3 Configuration NA
3.4 Noise (in dBA) NA
3.5 Heat dissipation Heat Dissipation: Should maintain nominal Temp and the
heat should be disbursed through an cooling mechanism

3.6 Mobility, movable


portability
4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)
4.1 Power Recharging UPS unit: Input voltage- 220VAC ± 10%, 50 Hz
Requirements
4.2 Battery operated Yes
4.3 Tolerance (to ± 10%
variations,
shutdowns)
4.4 Protection Should have online UPS and over-charging cut-off with
visual symbol.
4.5 Power consumption NA
5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
5.1 Accessories 1)Quality controls facility with the availability of controls
(mandatory, with each set of reagents;
standard, optional); 2)Alerts for operator for level of reagents and to empty
Spare parts (main waste when indicated;
ones); 3)Reagent expiry time should be minimum of 1 year;
Consumables / 4)One set of all reagent and controls at the time of delivery;
reagents (open, 5)Two sets of all tubings;
closed system) 6)Staged supply of controls over 1 year from the date of
installation;
7)Cost of reagents, control & calibration for price to be
declared involve cost/cycle for 3 years;
BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS
6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
6.1 Atmosphere / 1)Operating condition: Capable of operating continuously in
Ambiance (air ambient temperature of 5 to 40 deg C and relative humidity
conditioning, of 15 to 90% in ideal circumstances.
humidity, dust ...) 2)Storage condition: Capable of being stored continuously in
ambient temperature of 0 to 50 deg C and relative humidity
of 15 to 90%.
6.2 User's care, Cleaning, Capable of cleaning with alcohol or chlorine wipes
Disinfection &
Sterility issues

7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY


7.1 Certificates (pre- 1)Instrument should be CE (EU) marked or USFDA
market, sanitary, ..); approved;
Performance and 2)Should have IEC 61010-1, IEC 61010-2-101:2002;
safety standards
(specific to the device
type);Local and/or
international
7.2 Local and/or Manufacturer / supplier should have ISO 13485 certificate
international for quality standard.
8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
8.1 Pre-installation 1)Availability of 5Amps/ 15Amps socket;
requirements: nature, 2)Safety and operation check before handover;
values, quality,
tolerance
8.2 Requirements for Certificate of calibration and inspection from the
sign-off manufacturer
8.3 Training of staff 1)Training of users on operation and basic maintenance;
(medical, paramedical, 2)Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be
technicians) documented
9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE

9.1 Warranty 3 years


9.2 Maintenance tasks 1)Maintenance manual detailing;
2)Complete maintenance schedule;
9.3 Service contract The spare price list of all spares and accessories (including
clauses, including minor) required for maintenance and repairs in future after
prices guarantee / warranty period should be attached;
10 DOCUMENTATION
10.1 Operating manuals, Should provide 2 sets(hardcopy) of:-
service manuals, other 1)User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied
manuals along with machine diagrams;
2)List of equipment and procedures required for local
calibration and routine maintenance;
3)Certificate of calibration and inspection;

10.2 Other accompanying List of important spares and accessories, with their part
documents numbers and cost;

11 NOTES
11.1 Service Support Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service
Contact details agent to be provided;
(Hierarchy Wise; Any Contract (AMC/CMC/add-hoc) to be declared by the
including a toll manufacturer;
free/landline number)
11.2 Recommendations or Any warning signs would be adequately displayed
warnings
2. Microscope
MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION
(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)
Microscope

Version no. : 1
Date: 12/05/2014
Done by : (name / institution) HCT/NHSRC
NAME AND CODING
GMDN name Basic Light Microscope
GMDN code CT 35484

GENERAL
1 USE
Microscopic analysis of blood cells
helps diagnose infections and
allergies, leukemias, anemia, and
other blood disorders. Microscopic
1.1 Clinical purpose examinations can detect abnormal
changes in cells or tissues to
differentiate benign, inflammatory,
precancerous, or malignant
conditions.
Used by clinical Clinical or research laboratory;
1.2 physician office; clinic; hospital
department/ward

TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
1)Binocular microscope, Eye piece
lenses x10,x15
2)Objectives x4,x10,x40,x100
Technical
3)Operated with transmitted light
characteristics
2.1 from bulb
(specific to this type of
4)Including condenser Include two
device)
extra bulbs, graticule to be fixed on
eyepiece
5)Stage micrometer 230V 50-60 Hz
2.2 User's interface Manual

Software and/or NA
standard of
2.3
communication(where
ever required)
3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
3.1 Dimensions (metric) [380-450] x [203-820] x [305-380]
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) Max: 10 Kg
3.3 Configuration NA
3.4 Noise (in dBA) NA
Heat Dissipation: Should maintain
nominal Temp and the heat should be
3.5 Heat dissipation
disbursed through an cooling
mechanism
3.6 Mobility, portability Handheld device
4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)
Recharging unit: Input voltage- 220-
4.1 Power Requirements
240VAC ± 10%, 50/60 Hz
4.2 Battery operated Yes
Tolerance (to ± 10%,
4.3
variations, shutdowns)
Should have over-charging cut-off with
4.4 Protection
visual symbol.
4.5 Power consumption NA
5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
Accessories NA
(mandatory, standard, Should be providing dust cover and
optional); Spare parts immersion oil.
5.1
(main ones);
Consumables /
reagents (open, closed
system)
BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS
6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATONS
1)Operating condition: Capable of
operating continuously in ambient
temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and
Atmosphere /
relative humidity of 15 to 90% in ideal
Ambiance (air
6.1 circumstances.
conditioning,
2) Storage condition: Capable of being
humidity, dust ...)
stored continuously in ambient
temperature of 0 to 50 deg C and
relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
User's care, Cleaning, Capable of cleaning with alcohol or
6.2 Disinfection & Sterility chlorine wipes
issues
7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY
Certificates (pre-
market, sanitary, ..);
Performance and 1)Should have IEC 61010-1 certificate;
7.1 safety standards 2)Instrument should be CE (EU)
(specific to the device marked or USFDA approved;
type);Local and/or
international
Manufacturer / supplier should have
Local and/or
7.2 ISO 13485 certificate for quality
international
standard.
8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
Pre-installation 1)Availability of 5 amp socket;
requirements: nature, 2)Safety and operation check before
8.1
values, quality, handover;
tolerance 3)Line Power
Requirements for Certificate of calibration and
8.2
sign-off inspection from the manufacturer
1)Training of users on operation and
Training of staff
basic maintenance;
8.3 (medical, paramedical,
2)Advanced maintenance tasks
technicians)
required shall be documented
9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE
9.1 Warranty 3 years
1)Maintenance manual detailing;
9.2 Maintenance tasks 2)Complete maintenance schedule;
The spare price list of all spares and
Service contract accessories (including minor) required
9.3 clauses, including for maintenance and repairs in future
prices after guarantee / warranty period
should be attached;
10 DOCUMENTATION
Should provide 2 sets(hardcopy) of:-
1)User, technical and maintenance
manuals to be supplied along with
Operating manuals, machine diagrams;
10.1 service manuals, other 2)List of equipment and procedures
manuals required for local calibration and
routine maintenance;
3)Certificate of calibration and
inspection;
List of important spares and
Other accompanying
10.2 accessories, with their part numbers
documents
and cost;
11 NOTES
Biomedical engineering staff and/or
service contract with the manufacturer
Service Support
or third-party organization; OEM
Contact details
servicers. Contact details of
11.1 (Hierarchy Wise;
manufacturer, supplier and local
including a toll
service agent to be provided;
free/landline number)
Any Contract (AMC/CMC/ad-hoc) to be
declared by the manufacturer;
Recommendations or Any warning signs would be
11.2
warnings adequately displayed
3. Semi-automated analyzer
MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION
(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)
Semi-automated analyzer

Version no. : 2
Date: July 2014.
Done by : (name / institution) HCT/NHSRC
NAME AND CODING
Laboratory multichannel clinical
GMDN name chemistry analyzer IVD, semi-
automated
GMDN code CT 56677

GENERAL
1 USE
An automated analyzer is a medical
laboratory instrument designed to
measure different chemicals and other
1.1 Clinical purpose
characteristics in a number of
biological samples quickly, with
minimal human assistance.
Used by clinical Hospital; clinic; physician office;
1.2 clinical laboratory
department/ward
TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
System Information:
System Type : Fully Automatic,
Discrete, Random Access, STAT sample
priority
Throughput : 120 Tests/Hour
Type of Tests : Routine & Un common
Biochemistry Enzymes, Substrates,
Drug Assays, Serum Proteins
Analysis Mode : End Point, Fixed Time,
Kinetic, Linear/Non-Linear Multipoint
Calibration
Programming : Open System for user
Defined Profiles and calculations
Optical System:
Filters : 6 Interference Filters
Absorbance Range : 0.000 to 2.500
Abs. Unit
Technical
Reagent System:
characteristics
2.1 Carousel: 18 Open Positions.
(specific to this type of
-10 Positions for small reagent bottle
device)
-8 Positions for large reagent bottle
Reagent probe volume 80 to 350 µl
Reagent Compartment cooled to 80C
to120C below the ambient
Temperature
Pre-heated collision protected probe
with liquid level detection
Sample System:
22 Open Positions (for
Sample/Standard/Calibrator/Control)
Sample probe Volume 6 to 40 µl
Dedicated arm with Liquid Level
Detection
Reaction System:
40 Individual permanent Cuvettes
Reaction Temperature is 37°C,
Controlled
Wash Station:
Intelligent software to wash the
cuvettes,
Wash/Wipe Station
Mixing Station:
Dedicated Mixing arm
Collision protection
Calibration & Control:
Quality Control by Levey Jennings /
Westgard Rules
2.2 User's interface Manual

Software and/or Windows based user friendly


standard of operation (not mandatory)
2.3
communication(where Online status of reagent, sample and
ever required) reaction system
3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
3.1 Dimensions (metric) NA
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) NA
3.3 Configuration NA
3.4 Noise (in dBA) NA
Heat Dissipation: Should maintain
nominal Temp and the heat should be
3.5 Heat dissipation
disbursed through an cooling
mechanism
3.6 Mobility, portability Handheld device
4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)
Recharging unit: Input voltage-
4.1 Power Requirements
220VAC ± 10%, 50-60Hz
4.2 Battery operated Yes
Tolerance (to ± 10%
4.3
variations, shutdowns)
Should have over-charging cut-off with
4.4 Protection
visual symbol.
4.5 Power consumption NA
5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
Accessories UPS-0.5KVA online, Micro-pipettes,
(mandatory, standard, Tips for pipettes and Required
optional); Spare parts reagents
5.1 (main ones);
Consumables /
reagents (open, closed
system)
BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS
6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
1)Operating condition: Capable of
operating continuously in ambient
temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and
Atmosphere /
relative humidity of 15 to 90% in ideal
Ambiance (air
6.1 circumstances.
conditioning,
2) Storage condition: Capable of being
humidity, dust ...)
stored continuously in ambient
temperature of 0 to 50 deg C and
relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
User's care, Cleaning, Capable of cleaning with alcohol or
6.2 Disinfection & Sterility chlorine wipes
issues
7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY
Certificates (pre-
market, sanitary, ..);
Performance and 1)Should have IEC 61010-1 certificate;
7.1 safety standards 2)Instrument should be CE (EU)
(specific to the device marked or USFDA approved;
type);Local and/or
international
Manufacturer / supplier should have
Local and/or
7.2 ISO 13485 certificate for quality
international
standard.
8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
Pre-installation 1) Availability of 5 amp socket; (Type
requirements: nature, D).
8.1
values, quality, 2)Safety and operation check before
tolerance handover;
Requirements for Certificate of calibration and
8.2
sign-off inspection from the manufacturer
1)Training of users on operation and
Training of staff
basic maintenance;
8.3 (medical, paramedical,
2)Advanced maintenance tasks
technicians)
required shall be documented
9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE
9.1 Warranty 3 years
1)Maintenance manual detailing;
9.2 Maintenance tasks 2)Complete maintenance schedule;
The spare price list of all spares and
Service contract accessories (including minor) required
9.3 clauses, including for maintenance and repairs in future
prices after guarantee / warranty period
should be attached;
10 DOCUMENTATION
Should provide 2 sets(hardcopy) of:-
1)User, technical and maintenance
manuals to be supplied along with
Operating manuals, machine diagrams;
10.1 service manuals, other 2)List of equipment and procedures
manuals required for local calibration and
routine maintenance;
3)Certificate of calibration and
inspection;
List of important spares and
Other accompanying
10.2 accessories, with their part numbers
documents
and cost;
11 NOTES
Service Support Contact details of manufacturer,
Contact details supplier and local service agent to be
11.1 (Hierarchy Wise; provided;
including a toll Any Contract (AMC/CMC/add-hoc) to
free/landline number) be declared by the manufacturer;
Recommendations or Any warning signs would be
11.2
warnings adequately displayed
4. Digital Hemoglobinometer (with cuvic and lancet)
MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION
(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)
Digital Hemoglobinometer (with cuvic and lancet)

Version no. : 1
Date: JULY 2014.
Done by : (name / institution) HCT/NHSRC
NAME AND CODING
GMDN name Digital Hemoglobinometer
GMDN code

GENERAL
1 USE
1.1 Clinical purpose A Hemoglobinometer is an
instrument used to determine the
hemoglobin content of the blood by
spectrophotometric measurement.
Portable hemoglobinometers
provide easy and convenient
measurement, which is particularly
useful in areas where no clinical
laboratories are available. It is also
useful in emergencies due to its
ease-of-use, accuracy, and fast
delivery of results.
1.2 Used by clinical Hospital, blood bank, clinical
department/ward laboratory

TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
2.1 Technical 1)Should have testing time of not
characteristics more than 5 seconds
(specific to this type of 2)Sample volume should not be
device) more than 20µL
3)Range of measurement should be
between 0 to 25g/dl
4)Output: On-board screen display
screen, printer(optional)
5)Should be able to withstand
outdoor environmental conditions
2.2 User's interface Manual

2.3 Software and/or NA


standard of
communication(where
ever required)
3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
3.1 Dimensions (metric) NA
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) Max: 250 g (excluding battery)
3.3 Configuration NA
3.4 Noise (in dBA) NA
3.5 Heat dissipation Heat Dissipation: Should maintain
nominal Temp and the heat should
be disbursed through an cooling
mechanism
3.6 Mobility, portability Handheld device
4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)
4.1 Power Requirements Recharging unit: Input voltage-
220VAC ± 10%, 50 Hz
4.2 Battery operated Yes
4.3 Tolerance (to ± 10%
variations, shutdowns)
4.4 Protection Should have over-charging cut-off
with visual symbol.
4.5 Power consumption Internal batteries(should be easily
available in market)
5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
5.1 Accessories 1)Cuvette supply should be
(mandatory, standard, accompanied by equal supply of
optional); Spare parts Disposable Lancets and swab in
(main ones); equal numbers and not to exceed
Consumables / Rs.30/unit
reagents (open, closed 2)1x10 cells
system) 3)1x50 cuvettes extra for
calibration/checking purposes

BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS


6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATONS
6.1 Atmosphere / 1)Operating condition: Capable of
Ambiance (air operating continuously in ambient
conditioning, temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and
humidity, dust ...) relative humidity of 15 to 90% in
ideal circumstances.
2) Storage condition: Capable of
being stored continuously in
ambient temperature of 0 to 50 deg
C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
6.2 User's care, Cleaning, Capable of cleaning with alcohol or
Disinfection & Sterility chlorine wipes
issues
7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY
7.1 Certificates (pre- 1)Should have IEC 61010-1
market, sanitary, ..); certificate;
Performance and 2)Instrument should be CE (EU)
safety standards marked or USFDA approved;
(specific to the device
type);Local and/or
international
7.2 Local and/or Manufacturer / supplier should have
international ISO 13485 certificate for quality
standard.
8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
8.1 Pre-installation 1)Availability of 5 amp socket;
requirements: nature, 2)Safety and operation check before
values, quality, handover;
tolerance
8.2 Requirements for Certificate of calibration and
sign-off inspection from the
manufacturer/factory
8.3 Training of staff 1)Training of users on operation and
(medical, paramedical, basic maintenance;
technicians) 2)Advanced maintenance tasks
required shall be documented
9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE

9.1 Warranty 3 years


9.2 Maintenance tasks 1)Maintenance manual detailing;
2)Complete maintenance schedule;
9.3 Service contract The spare price list of all spares and
clauses, including accessories (including minor)
prices required for maintenance and
repairs in future after guarantee /
warranty period should be attached;
10 DOCUMENTATION
10.1 Operating manuals, Should provide 2 sets(hardcopy) of:-
service manuals, other 1)User, technical and maintenance
manuals manuals to be supplied along with
machine diagrams;
2)List of equipment and procedures
required for local calibration and
routine maintenance;
3)Certificate of calibration and
inspection;
10.2 Other accompanying List of important spares and
documents accessories, with their part numbers
and cost;
11 NOTES
11.1 Service Support Contact details of manufacturer,
Contact details supplier and local service agent to be
(Hierarchy Wise; provided;
including a toll Any Contract (AMC/CMC/add-hoc)
free/landline number) to be declared by the manufacturer;
11.2 Recommendations or Any warning signs would be
warnings adequately displayed
5. Hemoglobin HPLC system
MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION
(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)
Hemoglobin HPLC System

Version no. : 2
Date: JULY 2014.
Done by : (name / institution) HCT/NHSRC
NAME AND CODING
GMDN name Hemoglobin HPLC System
GMDN code CT 1184

GENERAL
1 USE
Fully automated instrument for
estimation of Hemoglobin fractions,
HbA, HbF, HbA2, and Hemoglobin
1.1 Clinical purpose
variants HbE, HbD and HbS required
for diagnosis of Beta Thalassemia and
common hemoglobinopathies.
Used by clinical Hospital, Blood Bank and Clinical
1.2 Laboratory
department/ward
TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
1)Should work on the principle of High
Pressure Liquid Chromatography,the
gold reference standard the reference
technology for estimation of
hemoglobin fractions
2)Sampling: System should be able to
use primary samples collected in
standard anticoagulants (EDTA).No
sample preparation should be required.
3) Minimum of 10 samples should be
Technical able to load at a time.
characteristics 4) Throughput Time of analysis per
2.1
(specific to this type sample: not more than 8 minutes for
of device) thalassemia and not more than 5 minutes
for HbA1c for diabetes.
5) Results should be displayed on screen
and also there should be printout facility
with integral printer able to printout the
chromatogram also.
6) There should be a memory facility for
storage of results of a minimum of upto
a 100results.
7) Two point calibration and calibrator
should be traceable to IFCC.
2.2 User's interface Manual

Software and/or Should have port and compatibility for


standard of connection to external computer and
2.3
communication(where printer
ever required)
3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
3.1 Dimensions (metric) NA
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) NA
3.3 Configuration NA
3.4 Noise (in dBA) NA
Heat Dissipation: Should maintain
nominal Temp and the heat should be
3.5 Heat dissipation
disbursed through an cooling
mechanism
3.6 Mobility, portability NA
ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2
4
....)
Recharging unit: Input voltage- 220V-
4.1 Power Requirements
240VAC +/-10%, 50Hz
4.2 Battery operated Yes
Tolerance (to NA
4.3 variations,
shutdowns)
Should have over-charging cut-off with
4.4 Protection
visual symbol.
220V-240VAC +/-10%, 50 Hz Single
phase
4.5 Power consumption
UPS for 30 min backup with
maintenance free battery
5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
Accessories 1)1x thermal paper roll
(mandatory, standard, External computer with printer
optional); Spare parts compatible with the testing system
5.1 (main ones);
Consumables /
reagents (open, closed
system)

BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS


6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
1)Operating condition: Capable of
operating continuously in ambient
temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and
Atmosphere /
relative humidity of 15 to 90% in ideal
Ambiance (air
6.1 circumstances.
conditioning,
2) Storage condition: Capable of being
humidity, dust ...)
stored continuously in ambient
temperature of 0 to 50 deg C and
relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
User's care, Cleaning,
Capable of cleaning with alcohol or
6.2 Disinfection &
chlorine wipes
Sterility issues
7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY
Certificates (pre- 1)Instrument should be CE (EU) marked
market, sanitary, ..); or USFDA approved;
Performance and 2)Should have IEC 61010-1, IEC
7.1 safety standards 61010-2-101:2002;
(specific to the device
type);Local and/or
international
Manufacturer / supplier should have
Local and/or
7.2 ISO 13485 certificate for quality
international
standard.
8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
Pre-installation 1)Availability of 5 amp socket;
requirements: nature, 2)Safety and operation check before
8.1
values, quality, handover;
tolerance
Requirements for Certificate of calibration and inspection
8.2
sign-off from the manufacturer
Training of staff 1)Training of users on operation and
(medical, basic maintenance;
8.3
paramedical, 2)Advanced maintenance tasks required
technicians) shall be documented
9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE
9.1 Warranty 2 years
1)Maintenance manual detailing;
9.2 Maintenance tasks 2)Complete maintenance schedule;
The spare price list of all spares and
Service contract accessories (including minor) required
9.3 clauses, including for maintenance and repairs in future
prices after guarantee / warranty period should
be attached;
10 DOCUMENTATION
Should provide 2 sets(hardcopy) of:-
1)User, technical and maintenance
manuals to be supplied along with
Operating manuals, machine diagrams;
10.1 service manuals, other 2)List of equipment and procedures
manuals required for local calibration and routine
maintenance;
3)Certificate of calibration and
inspection;
Other accompanying List of important spares and accessories,
10.2
documents with their part numbers and cost;
11 NOTES
Service Support Contact details of manufacturer,
Contact details supplier and local service agent to be
11.1 (Hierarchy Wise; provided;
including a toll Any Contract (AMC/CMC/add-hoc) to
free/landline number) be declared by the manufacturer;
Recommendations or Any warning signs would be adequately
11.2
warnings displayed

6. ELISA Reader and Washer


MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION
(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)
ELISA (Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay) Reader and Washer

Version no. : 2
Date: JULY 2014.
Done by : (name / institution) HCT/NHSRC
NAME AND CODING
GMDN name NA
GMDN code NA

GENERAL
1 USE
Used as a diagnostic tool in medicine
and plant pathology, as well as a
1.1 Clinical purpose
quality-control checks in various
industries.
Used by clinical Clinical laboratory, Hospital, Blood
1.2
department/ward Bank

TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
1)Optical System: Digital light control,
8/12 measurement channels including
absorbable range 0-3.0 abs 1
reference: Single and dual wavelength
measurement with facility for kinetic
measurement. 8s minimum
measurement time;
2)Measurement: Range for wavelength
should be 400 to 700 nm;
3)Accuracy:(0.000-1.000 abs)± 0.005
abs
4)Resolution:0.001 abs
5)Grating/In built(Tunable) Filters with
narrow band interference. Essential
405,450,492 and 630 nm
6)Plate shaking mode for sample
mixing(selectable speed and time)
Technical
7)Flexible blank mode setting
characteristics
2.1 8)Matrix Modes: Matrix -/x/t,Matrix-
(specific to this type of
0/0,Matrix-/f/(Floating cut-off)
device)
9)Difference Mode: Absorbance of
each well in even numbered
subtracted from those of odd-
numbered columns.
10)Curved fit Modes: LIN/LIN;LOG(4
parameter fit curve);LOG/LOG or auto
curve transformation with the ability
to add the standard curve;8-12 way
string orientation or kinetic modes
11)Table of optical densities, DeltaDD,
Graphic, Reaction rate/V-Max
12)Adjustable for different micro plate
geometrics
13)Halogen lamp 20-40 W with pre-
failure warning
14)16 digit alphanumeric fluorescent
display membrane keyboard
15)3-8 standards in single or duplicate
wells
16)Operating cycle should be
programmable.
17) Should have automatic calibration
before each reading.

2.2 User's interface Manual


Storage of immediately preceding
measurement
At least 15 programmable tests
Software and/or
permanently stored
standard of
2.3 Time programmable between each
communication(where
measurement
ever required)
Agitation programmable before each
reading
Bidirectional printer interface
3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
3.1 Dimensions (metric) NA
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) NA
3.3 Configuration NA
3.4 Noise (in dBA) <60db
Heat Dissipation: Should maintain
nominal Temp and the heat should be
3.5 Heat dissipation
disbursed through an cooling
mechanism
3.6 Mobility, portability Portable
4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)
220VAC ± 10%, 50 Hz AC Single phase
4.1 Power Requirements UPS for 30 min backup for
maintenance free battery
4.2 Battery operated Yes
Tolerance (to
4.3 NA
variations, shutdowns)
Should have over-charging cut-off with
4.4 Protection
visual symbol.
4.5 Power consumption NA
5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
ELISA Reader with built-in printer and
digital interface
1)Halogen/xenon lamps x 2
2)Thermal paper printer x10
3)Dust Cover
4)Set of pipettes consisting of single
channel variable volume color
pipettes: [0.5-10µl, 2-20µl, 20-200µl] x
2 each: 8 channel variable volume
Accessories
pipettes,5-50µl and 50-300µl
(mandatory, standard,
5)Pipettes should offer easy in-lab
optional); Spare parts
calibration, quick tip ejection, and click
5.1 (main ones);
volume setting and high accuracy
Consumables /
precision
reagents (open, closed
ELISA Plate Washer(Automatic)
system)
1)Auto strip washer for all 96 well
plates 1x8 strips/1x12 strips
2)Dispensable volumes 25-300µl.
Soaking time 1-250 sec
3)Aerosol shield for user safety
4)1 x 8 and 1 x 12 channel manifold
5)All tubing sets, wash/rinse waste
bottles
6)Maintenance kit, vacuum filter

BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS


6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
1)Operating condition: Capable of
operating continuously in ambient
temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and
Atmosphere /
relative humidity of 15 to 90% in ideal
Ambiance (air
6.1 circumstances.
conditioning,
2) Storage condition: Capable of being
humidity, dust ...)
stored continuously in ambient
temperature of 0 to 50 deg C and
relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
User's care, Cleaning,
Capable of cleaning with alcohol or
6.2 Disinfection & Sterility
chlorine wipes
issues
7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY
Certificates (pre-
market, sanitary, ..);
Performance and 1)Should have IEC 61010-1 certificate;
7.1 safety standards 2)Instrument should be CE (EU)
(specific to the device marked or USFDA approved;
type);Local and/or
international
Manufacturer / supplier should have
Local and/or
7.2 ISO 13485 certificate for quality
international
standard.
8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
Pre-installation
1)Availability of 5 amp socket;
requirements: nature,
8.1 2)Safety and operation check before
values, quality,
handover;
tolerance
Requirements for Certificate of calibration and
8.2
sign-off inspection from the manufacturer
1)Training of users on operation and
Training of staff
basic maintenance;
8.3 (medical, paramedical,
2)Advanced maintenance tasks
technicians)
required shall be documented
9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE
9.1 Warranty 3 years;
1)Maintenance manual detailing;
9.2 Maintenance tasks
2)Complete maintenance schedule;
1)The spare price list of all spares and
accessories (including minor) required
Service contract for maintenance and repairs in future
9.3 clauses, including after guarantee / warranty period
prices should be attached;
2)Free servicing ( min. 2 services/year)
during warranty period;
10 DOCUMENTATION
Should provide 2 sets(hardcopy) of:-
1)User, technical and maintenance
Operating manuals, manuals to be supplied along with
10.1 service manuals, other machine diagrams;
manuals 2)List of equipment and procedures
required for local calibration and
routine maintenance;
3)Certificate of calibration and
inspection;

List of important spares and


Other accompanying
10.2 accessories, with their part numbers
documents
and cost;
11 NOTES
Service Support Contact details of manufacturer,
Contact details supplier and local service agent to be
11.1 (Hierarchy Wise; provided;
including a toll Any Contract (AMC/CMC/add-hoc) to
free/landline number) be declared by the manufacturer;
Recommendations or Any warning signs would be
11.2
warnings adequately displayed
F-DENTISTRY
F: Dentistry
1. Paediatric Dental Chair
2. Wall mounted dental x ray
3. Table top Front Loading Autoclave (electrical)
4. LED Curing Light source (composite)
5. Automatic Water Distiller
Other dental equipments :
6. Forceps set for extraction :
7. Restorative Filling and Carving Instruments
Elevators set of 10 (ten)
8. Dental elevators
9. Composite Filling Instruments- Full set
10. Hand scaler (complete set)
11. Mouth Mirrors
12. Straight Probes
13. Explorers
14. Dental Tweezers
15. Cheatle forceps
16. Kidney tray
17. Matrix Band and retainer (both no. 1& 8)
18. Dental Impression Trays
19. Dental mallet
20. Scissors
21. Needle holder
22. Bone Chisel (mono bevel)
23. Scalpel handle
24. Drum
25. Plaster Spatula (Straight and Curved)
26. Rubber Bowls
27. Suction tips
28. Cheek Retractors
29. Mouth Props (Adult + Pedo) with chain
30. Cement Spatula (plastic and metal)
31. Patient drape
32. Glass Dappen dish
33. Mortar And pestle
34. Burs assorted for contrangle hand-piece
35. Composite kit with etchant and bonding agent
36. Composite syringes
37. Composite finishing and polishing kit
38. Diamond burs-Air rotar hand piece-assorted
39. G.P point15-80 assorted set
40. H file set assorted 15-40,45-80 (21 mm)
41. K file set assorted 15-40,45-80 (21 mm)(25 mm)
42. Mylar strip (8mm,100 strips pack )
43. Polishing brush and cup
44. Applicator tips for bonding agent
45. Pit and fissure sealant
46. Green cloth bags for autoclaving instruments
47. Dental IOPA X-ray film Pediatric
48. Dental IOPA X-Ray film Adult
49. Lead apron and thyroid guard
1. Pediatric Dental Chair
MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION
(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)
Electronic Dental Chair
Version no. : 2
Date: JULY 2014.
Done by : (name / institution) HCT/NHSRC
NAME AND CODING
GMDN name NA
GMDN code NA

GENERAL
1 USE
For use of dental examination to do
1.1 Clinical purpose dental procedures

Used by clinical Dental Clinic


1.2
department/ward

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

(A)CHAIR UNIT:
1)Fully motorized
,pneumatically/electrically driven,which
gives smooth and non-jerky start and
stop;
2)Lowest height range should be
between 300-450 mm to improve
visibility and access;
Technical
3)Chair should have toe movement.
characteristics
2.1 While backrest moves down, toe should
(specific to this type
move up;
of device)
4)Chair should have safety brake system
while going down for patient exit
position;
5)The design should enable the operator
to be close to the patient to be close to
the patient to provide optimum vision of
the operating field and safe control of all
component devices;
6)Streamlined cast metal base with
provision for good stability;
7)The base and other structure should
have a corrosion resistant coating;
8)The backrest should be ultra thin,
flexible, highly comfortable, seamless
long life holstery and should be
disinfectable;
9)The chair should be designed to
provide good ergonomics for both
operator and assistant;
10)Chair should have adjustable
ergonomic headrest with adjustment of
height and angle;
11)Chair should have adjustable
ergonomic hand rest for the convenience
of patient's easy mounting and
dismounting from the Chair, the Right
Hand rest can be swung out by 90
degree;
12) Should have integrated power
supply for hand pieces, electric motor
etc;
13)All the outlet & inlet for the services
to the chair should be concealed in the
box to be at the foot area of the chair or
within the unit, as an infection control
measure.
14)Electrically operated, Spittoon
attachment, Halogen/LED light, Air
Ventury Suction, micromotor, airotor,
light cure unit, Scaler, 3 way syringe, X
ray viewer, instrument tray, dental
operators stool with height adjustment.
Oil free, bacteria free, moisture free
compressor.
15) Minimum of lifting capacity not less
than 200Kg;.
16)Single multi-functional foot control
for all chair movement &dental light
operation to avoid cross -
contamination;
17) Should be electrically operated with
zero Programing.
DENTIST ELEMENT
1)Overhead delivery system consisting
of
(a)3 way syringe
(b)4-hole handpiece hose for air turbine,
air motor, scaler and light cure(with
LED light unit)
2)Module system with brushless micro
motor with contra – angle hand piece,
one super torque airotor hand pieces.
3) Should have ultra sonicscaler with
standard tips.
4) Should have infection control system
(Bios stem) with Non Retraction Valves.
5) Should have air - pressure meter.
6) Should have Instrument tray.
ASSISTANT ELEMENT
• Assistant element should be fitted with
three way syringe, high volume wet line
suction unit with saliva ejector.
• Aerosol suction volume should be
250-300 l/min.

DENTAL OPERATORY UNIT


1) Control Panel:
-Switch for Hand Foot operation
-Switch for Forward/Reverse
-Switch for Scalar ON/OFF
-Speed Indicator Display
-Switch for Speed Increase
-Switch for Speed Decrease
-Control Knob for water spry
-Control Knob for scalar spray
-Air Filter
-Air Regulator
-Pressure gauge;
2)Should have control box with water
control – Air motor and hand piece
(straight and contra angle), air rotor
hand piece. One Turbine connection
with handpiece;
3)X-Ray viewer: Should provided with
high quality brighter illumination with
latest technology for maximum working
life;
4)Should have minimum 4 handpiece
holder positions;
5)Ultrasonic scaler with standard tips:
-operating frequency range : 24,000
- 36,000 Hz
-Water pressure: Min. 1.0 bar. Max.
5.0 bar.
-detachable Autoclavable handpiece
-Tips must be screwed in and
moderately tightened using the key
-Heat generated due to high
frequency vibration is cooled by the
continuous flow of water and sprayed
from the activated tip;
6)Airotor:
-Should have solid Titanium Body
which is scratch resistant
-Low noise level with virtually no
vibration
-Ceramic Ball bearing Coupling
System
-should have twist type chuck
release;
-Should have body shape to gain
easy access to posterior area
-Small Head possible to facilitate
posterior area preparations
-Effective water spray to cool the
entire operating field
-Max speed up to 400000 rpm;
7)Micromotor and contra angle
handpiece:
-Speed range of 300 - 40000 RPM in
standard mode with cutting power in the
range between 50 - 70 watts, scratch
resistant, Titanium Body;
-High torque from Low to High
Speeds
-Forward & Reverse rotation by
selection switch
-Flexible cord for smooth
maneuverability of Micromotor;
8)LED Curing Light source:
-Should include one curing light
hand-piece
-10mm light guide
-Eye shield and three curing discs
-Fan-free for silent operation
-Multiple-setting light timer with
easy, push-button control, offers preset
cure times of 5, 10, 15 and 20 seconds, a
continuous 120-second mode
9)Cuspidor(Spittoon):
-a)Saliva ejector
-b)Autoclavable High volume
evacuator
-c)Autoclavable syringe
-d)High quality stain proof vitreous
China bowl with adjustable cup fill and
bowl
-e)Clean water bottle system;
10)Operating Light:
-a)Dental Light should have variable
intensities of lux from 5000 to 35,000. It
should be LED reflected light or
Halogen lamp with antiglare protection
shield and maximum degrees of rotation
of light arm movements
-b)Light Head with axial movements
- Horizontal, Vertical, Axial and
diagonal adjustment
-c)LED light 5000 K cool light or
similar high quality light;
11)Compressor: A suitable Medical
grade oil Free Compressor, which
should be Noise less, and Minimum of
0.75HP. It should have:
-Air moisture filter
-Epoxy coating to prevent rusting
-Pressure gauge and auto cutoff
switch
-Tank should have a capacity of
minimum 35 liters
Auto head air release valve / drain
valve
-The provision for drainage of water
from the base tank of compressor
-Safety release valve
-Aluminum cover to be provided for
compressor;
12)X-ray Viewer:
-Light source should be LED and
have brightness >400
-Should have a maximum viewing
area 300mm width x 150mm height
-Should have dental x-ray film
holder
-Should have power ON/OFF button
-Should have adjustable illumination
control knob/button;
2.2 User's interface Manual

Software and/or Should have two preset & two user-


standard of selectable programs.
2.3
communication(where
ever required)
3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
It should have maximum height 80 to 90
3.1 Dimensions (metric)
cm & minimum height up to 45-50cm.
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) NA
3.3 Configuration NA
3.4 Noise (in dBA) NA
Heat Dissipation: Should maintain
nominal Temp and the heat should be
3.5 Heat dissipation
disbursed through an cooling
mechanism
3.6 Mobility, portability Handheld device
4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)
Recharging unit: Input voltage- 220V-
4.1 Power Requirements 240V AC(specially designed for Indian
condition),50Hz
4.2 Battery operated Yes
Tolerance (to NA
4.3 variations,
shutdowns)
Should have over-charging cut-off with
4.4 Protection
visual symbol.
4.5 Power consumption NA
5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
Should be provided with Doctor's
stool(with up & down movement
facility) & with adjustable backrest tilt.
The range of up and down movement
should be at least 4-6 inches.
Doctor's stool
1.Cast-metal/alloy base with five tile
Accessories castors;
(mandatory, standard, 2. Two way adjustable lumbar support;
optional); Spare parts 3. Integral Gas cylinder for height
5.1 (main ones); adjustment;
Consumables / 4. Height range between 400 - 700 mm;
reagents (open, closed Assistant's stool
system) 1. Cast-metal/alloy base with five tile
castors;
2. Height adjustable torso support with
height adjustable foot ring;
3. Integral Gas cylinder for height
adjustment;
4. Height range between 500 - 800 mm;

BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS


ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL
6
CONSIDERATONS
1)Operating condition: Capable of
operating continuously in ambient
temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and
Atmosphere /
relative humidity of 15 to 90% in ideal
Ambiance (air
6.1 circumstances.
conditioning,
2)Storage condition: Capable of being
humidity, dust ...)
stored continuously in ambient
temperature of 0 to 50 deg C and
relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
1)Disinfection: Parts of the Device that
are designed to come into contact with
User's care, Cleaning, the patient or the operator should either
6.2 Disinfection & be capable of easy disinfection or be
Sterility issues protected by a single use/disposable
cover.
2)Sterilization for all handpiece.
7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY
Certificates (pre- Should be CE (EU)/FDA (US)
market, sanitary, ..); approved.
Performance and All the handpieces should have
7.1 safety standards guarantee of minimum one year and
(specific to the device from original manufacturer.
type);Local and/or
international
Manufacturer / supplier should have
Local and/or
7.2 ISO 13845 certificate for quality
international
standard.
8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
Pre-installation 1)Availability of 5 amp socket;
requirements: nature, 2)Safety and operation check before
8.1
values, quality, handover;
tolerance
Requirements for Certificate of calibration and inspection
8.2
sign-off from the manufacturer
Training of staff 1)Training of users on operation and
(medical, basic maintenance;
8.3
paramedical, 2)Advanced maintenance tasks required
technicians) shall be documented
9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE
9.1 Warranty 3 years (including all handpiece)
1)Maintenance manual detailing;
9.2 Maintenance tasks 2)Complete maintenance schedule;
The spare price list of all spares and
Service contract accessories (including minor) required
9.3 clauses, including for maintenance and repairs in future
prices after guarantee / warranty period should
be attached;
10 DOCUMENTATION
Should provide 2 sets(hardcopy) of:-
1)User, technical and maintenance
manuals to be supplied along with
Operating manuals, machine diagrams;
10.1 service manuals, other 2)List of equipment and procedures
manuals required for local calibration and routine
maintenance;
3)Certificate of calibration and
inspection;
Other accompanying List of important spares and accessories,
10.2
documents with their part numbers and cost;
11 NOTES

Service Support Contact details of manufacturer,


Contact details supplier and local service agent to be
11.1 (Hierarchy Wise; provided;
including a toll Any Contract (AMC/CMC/add-hoc) to
free/landline number) be declared by the manufacturer;
Recommendations or Any warning signs would be adequately
11.2
warnings displayed

2. Wall mounted dental X ray


MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION
(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)
Wall mounted dental X-ray

Version no. : 2
Date: July 2014.
Done by : (name / institution) HCT/NHSRC
NAME AND CODING
Dental Xray systems and associated
GMDN name
devices
GMDN code CT691

GENERAL
1 USE
Used for xray of teeth.
1.1 Clinical purpose

Used by clinical Used for intraoral xray of teeth


1.2
department/ward

TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
1. Wall mounted, compact, digital,
AERB type approved unit;
2. Intra oral X‐ray unit should be based
on DC current, tube voltage, selection:
60‐65‐70 kVp, tube current 6mA/ 8
mA, focal spot 0.7 x 0.7 mm, total
filtration>2 mm Al, minimum range of
exposure time range –0.02 to 3.2 secs,
3. Manufactured with international
Safety standards for radiation leakage,
electronic selection of exposure
time/radiation according to tooth
number. It should be possible to select
Technical
exposure time manually
characteristics
2.1 4. Should have audible & visual
(specific to this type of
indication of “x-ray on”
device)
5. Should have a option of remote
hand held trigger botton
6. X-ray tube head should have swing
angulations of atleast 290º in the
vertical plane and 360 º continuous
rotations in the horizontal plane.
7. X-ray tube head should have angle
indication
8. Should have a counter balanced
arm mechanism.
Lead Apron and thyroid guard:
-Should be AERB approved.
- Should be 0.5mm lead equivalent.
- Should be hook and loop type (Velcro
fitting).
- Should be supplied along with thyroid
guard.

2.2 User's interface Manual

Software and/or NA
standard of
2.3
communication(where
ever required)
3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

1)Wall support (12 cm width, 24 cm


3.1 Dimensions (metric) height, 9 cm depth)
2)30, 60, and 80 cm extension arms

3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) Max: 6.5kg


3.3 Configuration NA
3.4 Noise (in dBA) NA
Heat Dissipation: Should maintain
nominal Temp and the heat should be
3.5 Heat dissipation
disbursed through an cooling
mechanism
3.6 Mobility, portability NA
4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)
Input voltage- 220-240VAC± 10%, 50-
4.1 Power Requirements
60Hz
4.2 Battery operated NA
Tolerance (to ± 10%
4.3
variations, shutdowns)
4.4 Protection NA
4.5 Power consumption NA
5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
Accessories 1) Should be supplied lead apron.
(mandatory, standard, 2)Rectangular Collimator Adaptor
optional); Spare parts
5.1 (main ones);
Consumables /
reagents (open, closed
system)
BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS
6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATONS
1)Operating condition: Capable of
operating continuously in ambient
temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and
Atmosphere /
relative humidity of 15 to 90% in ideal
Ambiance (air
6.1 circumstances.
conditioning,
2)Storage condition: Capable of being
humidity, dust ...)
stored continuously in ambient
temperature of 0 to 50 deg C and
relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
User's care, Cleaning,
Capable of cleaning with alcohol or
6.2 Disinfection & Sterility
chlorine wipes
issues
7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY
Should have safety certificate from a
competent authority CE / FDA (US) /
Certificates (pre-
STQC CB certificate / STQC S certificate
market, sanitary, ..);
or valid detailed electrical and
Performance and
functional safety test report from
7.1 safety standards
ERTL. Copy of the certificate / test
(specific to the device
report shall be produced along with
type);Local and/or
the technical bid.
international
IEC 60601-1-3,IEC 60601-1-2,IEC
60601-2-7/28/32,IEC 336/1993
Manufacturer / supplier should have
Local and/or
7.2 ISO 13845 certificate for quality
international
standard.
8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
Pre-installation 1)Availability of 5 amp socket;
requirements: nature, 2)Safety and operation check before
8.1
values, quality, handover;
tolerance
Requirements for Certificate of calibration and
8.2
sign-off inspection from the manufacturer
1)Training of users on operation and
Training of staff
basic maintenance;
8.3 (medical, paramedical,
2)Advanced maintenance tasks
technicians)
required shall be documented
9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE
9.1 Warranty 3 years
1)Maintenance manual detailing;
9.2 Maintenance tasks 2)Complete maintenance schedule;
The spare price list of all spares and
Service contract accessories (including minor) required
9.3 clauses, including for maintenance and repairs in future
prices after guarantee / warranty period
should be attached;
10 DOCUMENTATION
Should provide 2 sets(hardcopy) of:-
1)User, technical and maintenance
manuals to be supplied along with
Operating manuals, machine diagrams;
10.1 service manuals, other 2)List of equipment and procedures
manuals required for local calibration and
routine maintenance;
3)Certificate of calibration and
inspection;
List of important spares and
Other accompanying
10.2 accessories, with their part numbers
documents
and cost;
11 NOTES
Service Support Contact details of manufacturer,
Contact details supplier and local service agent to be
11.1 (Hierarchy Wise; provided;
including a toll Any Contract (AMC/CMC/add-hoc) to
free/landline number) be declared by the manufacturer;
Recommendations or Any warning signs would be
11.2
warnings adequately displayed
3. Table top Front Loading Autoclave (electrical)
MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION
(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)
Table top front loading Autoclave

Version no. : 2
Date: JULY 2014.
Done by : (name / institution) HCT/NHSRC
NAME AND CODING
GMDN name Sterilizers
GMDN code CT281

GENERAL
1 USE
Table Top Front Loading Steam
1.1 Clinical purpose Sterilizer for sterilization processes in
dental department
Used by clinical Dental clinic
1.2
department/ward

TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
1)It should have capacity of 17-22
Liter;
2)It should be microprocessor
controlled;
3)It should have separate steam
generating chamber;
4)3 times pre vacuum & 1 time post
vacuum with dry cycle;
5)It should have LCD display;
6)Programs:
-Emergency 134 degreeC/4 min
Technical
flash cycle
characteristics
2.1 -Solid: 134 degreeC/ 4min for nude
(specific to this type of
and Hollow 121 degree/ 20 min
device)
packed hollow instruments
-Hollow: 134 degreeC/ 4 min for
nude and hollow 121 degree/20 min
for packed hollow instruments
-Porous: 134 degreeC/4 min for
porous and 121 degreeC/20 min for
packed porous instruments.
-Vacuum: 5 min vaccum test
program;
7)Single door, self-sealing with high-
quality silicone gasket;
5 sterilization cycles with option to run
2.2 User's interface wet or Wet & Dry cycles with
automatic change over.
1.User selectable Pre-vacuum, Power
Failure Memory, Automatically restarts
on Power Consumption, (for custom
program),
Software and/or
2.Preferably with a computerized
standard of
2.3 control unit ensuring a fully automatic
communication(where
sterilization cycle, control and
ever required)
monitoring of physical parameters and
a clear documentation of the
sterilization cycle controls the
autoclave.
3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
3.1 Dimensions (metric) Table top
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) Table top
3.3 Configuration NA
3.4 Noise (in dBA) NA
Heat Dissipation: Should maintain
nominal Temp and the heat should be
3.5 Heat dissipation
disbursed through an cooling
mechanism
3.6 Mobility, portability Table top
4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)
4.1 Power Requirements Input voltage- 220V AC +/- 10%, 50Hz

4.2 Battery operated Yes


Tolerance (to +/- 10%
4.3
variations, shutdowns)
Should have over-charging cut-off with
4.4 Protection
visual symbol.
4.5 Power consumption NA
5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
Accessories NA
(mandatory, standard,
optional); Spare parts
5.1 (main ones);
Consumables /
reagents (open, closed
system)

BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS


6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATONS
1)Operating condition: Capable of
operating continuously in ambient
temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and
Atmosphere /
relative humidity of 15 to 90% in ideal
Ambiance (air
6.1 circumstances.
conditioning,
2)Storage condition: Capable of being
humidity, dust ...)
stored continuously in ambient
temperature of 0 to 50 deg C and
relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
User's care, Cleaning,
Capable of cleaning with alcohol or
6.2 Disinfection & Sterility
chlorine wipes
issues
7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY
Certificates (pre- Device is certified according to CE (EU)
market, sanitary, ..); or FDA 510k or equivalent.
Performance and
7.1 safety standards
(specific to the device
type);Local and/or
international
Manufacturer / supplier should have
Local and/or
7.2 ISO 13845 certificate for quality
international
standard.
8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
Pre-installation 1)Availability of 5/15 amp socket;
requirements: nature, 2)Safety and operation check before
8.1
values, quality, handover;
tolerance
Requirements for Certificate of calibration and
8.2
sign-off inspection from the manufacturer
1)Training of users on operation and
Training of staff
basic maintenance;
8.3 (medical, paramedical,
2)Advanced maintenance tasks
technicians)
required shall be documented
9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE
9.1 Warranty 3 years
1)Maintenance manual detailing;
9.2 Maintenance tasks 2)Complete maintenance schedule;
The spare price list of all spares and
Service contract accessories (including minor) required
9.3 clauses, including for maintenance and repairs in future
prices after guarantee / warranty period
should be attached;
10 DOCUMENTATION
Should provide 2 sets(hardcopy and
soft-copy) of:-
1)User, technical and maintenance
manuals to be supplied in
Operating manuals,
english/hindi language along with
10.1 service manuals, other
machine diagrams;
manuals
2)List of equipment and procedures
required for local calibration and
routine maintenance;
3)Service and operation manuals
(original and copy) to be provided;
4)Advanced maintenance tasks
documentation;
5)Certificate of calibration and
inspection
List of important spares and
Other accompanying
10.2 accessories, with their part numbers
documents
and cost;
11 NOTES
Proposal for full service AMC, year 1 to
Service Support
5, covering
Contact details
(i) 4 preventive maintenances per
11.1 (Hierarchy Wise;
year,
including a toll
(ii) on-call technical interventions,
free/landline number)
spare parts and travel
Recommendations or Any warning signs would be
11.2
warnings adequately displayed
4. LED curing light source
MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION
(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)
LED Curing Light Source

Version no. : 2
Date: JULY 2014.
Done by : (name / institution) HCT/NHSRC
NAME AND CODING
GMDN name LED Curing Light Source
GMDN code NA

GENERAL
1 USE
Used as a source of light. The process of
UV light curing is defined as the
hardening of a liquid form of materials
when exposed to ultraviolet energy.
Ultraviolet curing of inks, coatings, and
adhesives require a "high intensity"
1.1 Clinical purpose source of UV energy to initiate a
chemical reaction. This cross-linking
reaction hardens the liquid by initiating
a chemical polymerization reaction that
turns the liquid into a solid. The
resulting ‘hardened’ solids have long-
life resiliency, color, and adhesion.
Used by clinical Dental clinics
1.2
department/ward

TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
1)SMPS Adapter to prevent current
surge from 110VAC-240VAC.
2)Ergonomically and Aesthetically
designed for easy handling and
efficiency.
3)Working time in each mode mode
Peak -10 secs
Gradual 15 secs
Fluctutation 20 secs
4)Buzzer sound for every 3secs
5)Fibre optic stem comes with protector
for eye protection.
5)2 way slide switch for working in
main 230VAC and battery
6) Small, cordless wand-style light.
7)Well-balanced weight of the
handpiece is 250 g—which is
significantly lower in weight compared
Technical to G-Light and L.E.Demetron II.
characteristics 8)Unique, ergonomic V-shape allows a
2.1
(specific to this type comfortable grip from various angles to
of device) accommodate different techniques and
indications.
9)Two light guides (10 mm and 3 mm)
for larger and confined surface areas.
Unique magnetic light guide mount
makes it easy to switch from one to the
other.
10)Light guide rotates 360° to help
reach all areas of the mouth. Light guide
geometry allows for easy intra-oral
handling.
11)Innovative design eliminates need
for noisy fan and includes a switch-off
option for beep signals for completely
silent operation.
12)Smooth, vent-free stainless steel
exterior allows fast disinfection between
patients.
13)Large buttons with touch response.
14)Eye shield rotates 360° to
accommodate different techniques and
indications; it also serves as a flat
surface rest.
2.2 User's interface Manual

Software and/or NA
standard of
2.3
communication(where
ever required)
3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Charger:Length 170 mm (6.69 in),
Width 95 mm (3.74 in), Height 50 mm
3.1 Dimensions (metric) (1.96 in)
Handpiece:Diameter 28 mm (1.10 in),
Length 270 mm (10.63 in)
Charger: 660g , Handpiece:250 g (incl.
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg)
light guide)
3.3 Configuration NA
3.4 Noise (in dBA) NA
Heat Dissipation: Should maintain
nominal Temp and the heat should be
3.5 Heat dissipation
disbursed through an cooling
mechanism
3.6 Mobility, portability Handheld device
ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2
4
....)
4.1 Power Requirements Input voltage- 220VAC ± 10%, 50Hz

4.2 Battery operated Yes


Tolerance (to ± 10%
4.3 variations,
shutdowns)
Should have over-charging cut-off with
4.4 Protection
visual symbol.
4.5 Power consumption 15W
5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
Accessories NA
(mandatory, standard,
optional); Spare parts
5.1 (main ones);
Consumables /
reagents (open, closed
system)
BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS
ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL
6
CONSIDERATONS
1)Operating condition: Capable of
operating continuously in ambient
temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and
Atmosphere /
relative humidity of 15 to 90% in ideal
Ambiance (air
6.1 circumstances.
conditioning,
2)Storage condition: Capable of being
humidity, dust ...)
stored continuously in ambient
temperature of 0 to 50 deg C and
relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
User's care, Cleaning, Capable of cleaning with alcohol or
6.2 Disinfection & chlorine wipes
Sterility issues
7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY
Certificates (pre- Should have CE (EU) or FDA (US)
market, sanitary, ..);
Performance and
7.1 safety standards
(specific to the device
type);Local and/or
international
Manufacturer / supplier should have
Local and/or
7.2 ISO 13845certificate for quality
international
standard.
8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
Pre-installation 1)Availability of 5 amp socket;
requirements: nature, 2)Safety and operation check before
8.1
values, quality, handover;
tolerance
Requirements for Certificate of calibration and inspection
8.2
sign-off from the manufacturer
Training of staff 1)Training of users on operation and
(medical, basic maintenance;
8.3
paramedical, 2)Advanced maintenance tasks required
technicians) shall be documented
9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE
9.1 Warranty 3 years
1)Maintenance manual detailing;
9.2 Maintenance tasks 2)Complete maintenance schedule;
The spare price list of all spares and
Service contract accessories (including minor) required
9.3 clauses, including for maintenance and repairs in future
prices after guarantee / warranty period should
be attached;
10 DOCUMENTATION
Should provide 2 sets(hardcopy) of:-
1)User, technical and maintenance
manuals to be supplied along with
Operating manuals, machine diagrams;
10.1 service manuals, other 2)List of equipment and procedures
manuals required for local calibration and routine
maintenance;
3)Certificate of calibration and
inspection;
Other accompanying List of important spares and accessories,
10.2
documents with their part numbers and cost;
11 NOTES
Service Support Contact details of manufacturer,
Contact details supplier and local service agent to be
11.1 (Hierarchy Wise; provided;
including a toll Any Contract (AMC/CMC/add-hoc) to
free/landline number) be declared by the manufacturer;
Recommendations or Any warning signs would be adequately
11.2
warnings displayed
5. Automatic Water Distiller
MEDICAL DEVICE SPECIFICATION
(Including Information on the following where relevant/appropriate, but not limited to)
Automatic Water Distiller

Version no. : 2
Date: JULY 2014,
Done by : (name / institution) HCT/NHSRC
NAME AND CODING
GMDN name NA
GMDN code NA

GENERAL
1 USE
To get distilled water to use in dental
chair for proper care of the
equipments. WATER DISTILLERS are
1.1 Clinical purpose ideal for producing clean, healthy
water for many applications related to
health, as well as maintaining your
products which use water. Used for
dental products, vaporizers,
humidifiers, and many more.
Used by clinical Dental clinics
1.2
department/ward

TECHNICAL
2 TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
1)Should easily connect directly to the
tap water source using a 1/4" line for
on-demand distilling.and reduces 99%
total dissolved solids;
2)Should be a fully automatic model
and compact design. Automatically
stops when distilled water storage
tank is full, and starts distilling
automatically when the distilled water
level drops;
3)Should feature an efficient, quiet
running, and long-lasting cooling
machanism;
4)Should have water level sensors to
control water level inside boil chamber
and collection water tank;
Technical
5)Should have a Raw water inlet
characteristics
2.1 control valve;
(specific to this type of
6)Should use an electronic circuit
device)
board to control the flow from water
inlet, boiling process, and control of
water level in distilled water storing
tank;
7)Should have a residue discharge
valve for easy discharge of residue and
cleaning of boiling chamber;
8)Production rate of water distiller
should range from 3gal/day to 12
gal/day;
9)Water Distiller Baffle Distance -
When water boiled it is first converted
to wet steam and then to dry steam
through water distillation;
10)Water Distiller Construction - The
best construction material is stainless
steel;
11)Water Distiller Storage
Containment - 90% of contaminants
removed from tap water after
distillation;
12)Should compatible with all type of
dental chairs;
2.2 User's interface Manual/automatic

Software and/or NA
standard of
2.3
communication(where
ever required)
3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
3.1 Dimensions (metric) NA
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg) NA
3.3 Configuration NA
3.4 Noise (in dBA) NA
Heat Dissipation: Should maintain
nominal Temp and the heat should be
3.5 Heat dissipation
disbursed through an cooling
mechanism
3.6 Mobility, portability NA
4 ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ....)
Recharging unit: Input voltage-220-
4.1 Power Requirements
240VAC ± 10%, 50/60 Hz
4.2 Battery operated Yes
Tolerance (to ± 10%
4.3
variations, shutdowns)
Should have over-charging cut-off with
4.4 Protection
visual symbol.
4.5 Power consumption NA
5 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES
Accessories 1)Charcoal pre-filter (minimum 6 Qty)
(mandatory, standard, 2)Water Supply Line
optional); Spare parts 3)Installation kit
5.1 (main ones);
Consumables /
reagents (open, closed
system)
BIDDING / PROCUREMENT TERMS / DONATION REQUIREMENTS
6 ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATONS
1)Operating condition: Capable of
operating continuously in ambient
temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and
Atmosphere /
relative humidity of 15 to 90% in ideal
Ambiance (air
6.1 circumstances.
conditioning,
2)Storage condition: Capable of being
humidity, dust ...)
stored continuously in ambient
temperature of 0 to 50 deg C and
relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
User's care, Cleaning,
Capable of cleaning with alcohol or
6.2 Disinfection & Sterility
chlorine wipes
issues
7 STANDARDS AND SAFETY
Certificates (pre- Instrument should be CE (EU) marked
market, sanitary, ..); or USFDA or EN ISO approved;
Performance and
7.1 safety standards
(specific to the device
type);Local and/or
international
8 TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
Pre-installation 1)Availability of 5 amp socket(Type D);
requirements: nature, 2)Safety and operation check before
8.1
values, quality, handover;
tolerance
Requirements for Certificate of calibration and
8.2
sign-off inspection from the manufacturer
1)Training of users on operation and
Training of staff
basic maintenance;
8.3 (medical, paramedical,
2)Advanced maintenance tasks
technicians)
required shall be documented
9 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE
3 years (Including filters replacement
9.1 Warranty
during warranty period)
1)Maintenance manual detailing;
9.2 Maintenance tasks 2)Complete maintenance schedule;
The spare price list of all spares and
Service contract accessories (including minor) required
9.3 clauses, including for maintenance and repairs in future
prices after guarantee / warranty period
should be attached;
10 DOCUMENTATION
Should provide 2 sets(hardcopy) of:-
1)User, technical and maintenance
manuals to be supplied along with
Operating manuals, machine diagrams;
10.1 service manuals, other 2)List of equipment and procedures
manuals required for local calibration and
routine maintenance;
3)Certificate of calibration and
inspection;
List of important spares and
Other accompanying
10.2 accessories, with their part numbers
documents
and cost;
11 NOTES
Service Support Contact details of manufacturer,
Contact details supplier and local service agent to be
11.1 (Hierarchy Wise; provided;
including a toll Any Contract (AMC/CMC/add-hoc) to
free/landline number) be declared by the manufacturer;
Recommendations or Any warning signs would be
11.2
warnings adequately displayed
6. Forceps set for extraction (Adult and Pediatric)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Forceps set for extraction (Adult and Pediatric)

Version 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose For tooth extraction


-Forceps should have precise, anatomically-designed
beaks for a sure, effective grip;
-Forceps should have optimum Rockwell hardness
for optimum tensile strength;
-Thick non-slip handle with minimum 10mm length;
-Instruments should be CE (Europe)/ISO certified or
FDA (US) certified;
-Extraction Forceps (Adult):
Lower anterior
Lower molar
Lower premolar
Upper anterior
2 Technical characteristics Upper molar (Left)
Upper molar (right)
Upper premolar
Upper root forceps anterior
Upper root forceps posterior
Upper cow horn forceps
Lower cow horn forceps;
-For Pediatric:
Lower anterior
Lower molar
Upper anterior
Upper molar (Left)
Upper molar (right)
User's care, Cleaning, All instruments should be Autoclavable
3
Disinfection & Sterility issues
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Warranty Forceps should have maximum (lifetime) warranty


4
against defects in material and workmanship
7. Restorative Filling and Carving Instruments Set

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Restorative Filling and Carving Instruments Set

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose Restorative Filling and Carving of teeth


-The instrument shall be free from burrs, pits, cracks and
other surface defects;
-Handle should have minimum 10mm length;
-Should not cause corrosion or felting;
- All instruments should be Autoclavable;
-Made of medical grade stainless steel;
- Plastic filling instrument – reverse double and medium
size;
Technical -Burnisher – ball – 1.3 mm -2.1mm tip diameter;
2
characteristics -Spoon Excavator – large tip diameter – 2.0mm-2.5mm;
-Spoon Excavator – small tip diameter – 1.2mm-1.5mm;
-Doudle ended Hollenback carver;
-Double ended Condenser – Marquette – tip diameter –
1.00mm-1.4mm;
-Placement Instrument (flat and ball end);
-Cement Carrier - double ended 1.5mm-2mm;
-Instruments should be CE (Europe)/ISO certified or FDA
(US) certified;
User's care, Cleaning, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning and sterilization of all
3 Disinfection & surfaces, with no unreachable fluid traps.
Sterility issues

4 Warranty 2 Years and a replacement guarantee in case of breakage


8. Dental Elevators

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Dental Elevators

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose To Losen tooth prior to extraction


-Should be crafted from Immunity Steel and heat treated
to Provide optimal sharpness and durability. The set should
include the following:
1. Seldin
2. Apexo (Pair)
3. Cryer (Pair)
4. Cryer Mini (Pair)
Technical 5. Coupland Gouge
2
characteristics 6. Warwick- James (Straight)
7. Warwick- James (Left and Right)
8. Cogswell
9. Serrated
10. Straight
-Thick non-slip handle with minimum 10mm length;
-Instrument should be CE (Europe)/ISO certified or FDA
(US) certified;
User's care, Cleaning, All instruments should be Autoclavable
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

Warranty Forceps should have maximum (lifetime) warranty


4
against defects in material and workmanship
9. Composite Filling Instruments-Full Set of instruments

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Composite Filling Instruments-Full Set of instruments

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose For both anterior and Posterior Restoration.


-Products should include a wide range of spatulas ideally
tailored for the purpose;
-Polished, corrosion-resistant stainless steel tips prevent
the adhesion of filling material so the treating professional
can place it exactly where it is needed;
Technical -Should not cause corrosion or felting of the filling
2
characteristics material;
-Handle should have minimum 10mm length
-All instruments should be Autoclavable;
-Made of medical grade stainless steel;
-Instruments should be CE (Europe)/ISO certified or FDA
(US) certified;
User's care, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning and sterilization of all
Cleaning, surfaces, with no unreachable fluid traps.
3
Disinfection &
Sterility issues

4 Warranty 2 Years and a replacement guarantee in case of breakage


10.Hand scaler (complete set)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Hand scaler (complete set)

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

Used for the removal of calculus (and plaque) in the


1 Clinical purpose
anterior and posterior regions of jaws.
-Suitable for removal of calculus up to a pocket depth of 3
mm;
-Extra light and "handy" ensures a more fatigue-free
working;
-Thick non-slip handle with minimum 10mm length;
Technical
2 -Proprietary heat treated and cryogenic processed stainless
characteristics
steel alloy working tips are super-durable;
-Made of medical grade stainless steel;
-all instruments should be Autoclavable;
-Instruments should be CE (Europe)/ISO certified or FDA
(US) certified;
User's care, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning and sterilization of all
Cleaning, surfaces, with no unreachable fluid traps.
3
Disinfection &
Sterility issues

4 Warranty 2 Years and a replacement guarantee in case of breakage


11.Mouth Mirrors

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Mouth Mirrors

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

For allowing indirect vision by the dentist, reflecting light


1 Clinical purpose
onto desired surfaces, and retraction of soft tissues.
-Reusable mouth mirror, common mirror;
-Mirror should be detachable from the mirror handle and
diameter 24mm;
-Thick non-slip handle with minimum 10mm length;
Technical
2 -Extra light and "handy" ensures a more fatigue-free
characteristics
working;
-Medical Grade Stainless steel;
-Instrument should be CE (Europe)/ISO certified or FDA
(US) certified;
User's care, Cleaning, Should be Autoclavable
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 3 Years
12.Straight Probes

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Straight Probes

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose For exploring Carious teeth


-Extra light and "handy" ensures a more fatigue-free
working;
-Should have a firm grip;
Technical
2 -Thick non-slip handle with minimum 10mm length;
characteristics
-Made of medical grade stainless steel;
-Instrument should be CE (Europe)/ISO certified or FDA
(US) certified;
User's care, Cleaning, Should be Autoclavable
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 3 years and replacement guarantee in case of breakage;


13.Explorers

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Explorers

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose For exploring Carious teeth


-Explorers 12mm length and Shepherd’s hook;
-Should be double ended;
-Extra light and "handy" ensures a more fatigue-free
Technical working;
2
characteristics -Thick non-slip handle and firm grip;
-Made of medical grade stainless steel;
-Instrument should be CE (Europe)/ISO certified or FDA
(US) certified;
User's care, Cleaning, Should be Autoclavable
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 3 years and replacement guarantee in case of breakage;


14.Dental Tweezers

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Dental Tweezers

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose For picking up small objects like cotton rolls


-Type: Angled;
-Should be non-locking;
-Should have a firm grip;
Technical
2 -Length: range between 15cm and 18cm;
characteristics
-Material: Medical Grade Stainless steel;
- Instruments should be CE (Europe)/ISO certified or FDA
(US) certified;
User's care, Cleaning, Should be Autoclavable
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

Warranty 3 years and a replacement guarantee in case of


4
breakage;
15.Cheatle forceps

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Cheatle forceps

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose To take sterile instrument, for placing or removing items


-Should be reusable;
-Medical Grade Stainless steel;
-Should be Handy;
Technical
2 -Light weight and Convenient to use;
characteristics
-Should be 10’’ length;
-Instruments should be CE (Europe)/ISO certified or FDA
(US) certified;
User's care, Cleaning, Should be Autoclavable
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 3 Years
16.Kidney tray

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Kidney tray

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

A kidney dish is a shallow basin with a kidney-shaped


footprint and sloping walls (hence its alternate name) used
1 Clinical purpose in medical and surgical wards to receive soiled dressings
and other medical waste.
-Should be reusable and Autoclavable;
-Should be medical grade stainless steel;
Technical -Size should be 8” length
2
characteristics -Rust free, Light weight and Convenient to use;
- Instruments should be CE (Europe)/ISO certified or FDA
(US) certified;
User's care, Cleaning, Should be Autoclavable
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 3 Years
17.Matrix Band and retainer (both no. 1& 8)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Matrix Band and retainer (both no. 1& 8)

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

To secure the ends of a matrix band around a tooth during


1 Clinical purpose
filling
-Retainer should be No1 & 8;
-Retainer should be reusable;
-All matrix band should be non contoured;
-Matrix band compatible with retainer no 1 should be
inserted easily.
-Matrix band compatible with retainer no 8 should be
inserted easily.
Technical - Matrix band should be sufficiently rigid to retain the
2
characteristics contour, should not adhere or react with restorative
material, should resist the condensation pressure, and
should be easy to remove.
-Both retainer and matrix band should be made of Medical
Grade Stainless steel.
-Light weight and Convenient to use.
-Retainer and matrix band should be CE(EU)/ISO certified
or FDA (US) certified;
User's care, Cleaning, Retainer should be Autoclavable
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Warranty 3 years and a replacement guarantee in case of


4
breakage;

18.Dental Impression Trays

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Dental Impression Trays

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

To hold the impression material as it sets and supports the


1 Clinical purpose
set impression.
-Both perforated
-Perforated full denture set should have 8 impression trays
(1 set of upper impression tray-U0,U1,U2 & U3 and 1 set
Technical
2 lower impression tray-L0, L1, L2 & L3);
characteristics
-Medical Grade Stainless steel;
-Should be Handy and convenient to use;
-Should be CE (EU)/ISO certified or FDA (US) certified;
User's care, Cleaning, Should be Autoclavable
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

Warranty 3 years and a replacement guarantee in case of


4
breakage;
19.Dental mallet

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Dental mallet

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

-Handle length should be minimum 10mm;


-Head diameter should have maximum 22mm;
Technical
1 -Thick non-slip handles;
characteristics
-Made of medical grade stainless steel;

User's care, Cleaning, Should be Autoclavable


2 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

Warranty 3 years and a replacement guarantee in case of


3
breakage;
20.Scissors

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Scissors

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose For suture cutting


-Should be reusable;
-Should be corrosion rust free;
Technical
2 -Thick non-slip handles;
characteristics
-Should be 5’’-6’’ size straight;
- Should be CE (EU)/ISO certified or FDA (US) certified;
User's care, Cleaning, Should be Autoclavable
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 3 Years
21.Needle holder

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Needle holder

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

To hold a suturing needle for closing wounds during


1 Clinical purpose
suturing and surgical procedures.
-Should be reusable;
-Thick non-slip handles;
Technical -Should be corrosion resistant rust free;
2
characteristics -Made of medical grade stainless steel;
-Should have 6”- 8” size;
Should be CE (EU)/ISO certified or FDA (US) certified;
User's care, Cleaning, Should be Autoclavable
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 3 Years
22.Bone Chisel (mono bevel)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Bone Chisel (mono bevel)

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose To shave bone during extraction/surgery


-Should have 4mm blade and 16mm straight length of
instrument.
Technical -Should be reusable;
2
characteristics -Thick non-slip handles and corrosion resistant rust free;
-Made of medical grade stainless steel;
- Should be CE (EU)/ISO certified or FDA (US) certified;
User's care, Cleaning, Should be Autoclavable
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 3 Years
23.Scalpel handle

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Scalpel handle

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose To receive surgical blades during surgeries


-Bard Parker style with metric rule (No 03), finely balanced,
pen-like scalpel handle that easily rotates and maneuvers
in difficult to reach areas with fingertip control.
Technical
2 -Metal, sterilizable handle for replaceable blades;
characteristics
-Thick non-slip handles and corrosion resistant rust free;
-Made of medical grade stainless steel.
Should be CE (EU)/ISO certified or FDA (US) certified;
User's care, Cleaning, Should be Autoclavable
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 3 Years
24.Drum

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Drum

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose Dental, Medical Gauze And Sterilizing purpose


-Should be reusable;
-Thick non-slip handles;
-Made of medical grade stainless steel
Technical
2 -Should have 2 different type (including perforated)
characteristics
minimum 6inches height and 9inches diameter;
-Locking facility should available;
Should be CE (EU)/ISO certified or FDA (US) certified;
User's care, Cleaning, Should be Autoclavable
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 3 Years
25.Plaster Spatula (Straight and Curved)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Plaster Spatula (Straight and Curved)

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose For mixing dental plaster/ stone /alginate etc


-Should be straight and curved on the edge (1Each);
Technical
2 -Should have stainless steel blade with wooden handle;
characteristics
-Blade should be rounded on the both the end;
User's care, Cleaning, Unit could be cleaned using alcohol based cleaning
3 Disinfection & Sterility agents.
issues

4 Warranty 1 Years
26.Rubber Bowls

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Rubber Bowls

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose For mixing dental plaster/ stone /alginate etc


-Rubber made, easy to clean;
Technical
2 -Should have minimum 2 different sizes (Small and
characteristics
medium);
User's care, Cleaning, Unit could be cleaned using alcohol based cleaning
3 Disinfection & Sterility agents.
issues

4 Warranty 1 Years
27.Suction tips

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Suction tips

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

Suck out saliva/ water during examination and dental


1 Clinical purpose
procedures
Technical -Should be detachable;
3 -Should be Stainless Steel and 2 Nos;
characteristics
User's care, Cleaning, Should be autoclavable
5 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

6 Warranty 1 Years
28.Cheek Retractors

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Cheek Retractors

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

Retracts the lips and cheeks for optimal buccal


1 Clinical purpose and gingival access, maximum visibility and
patient comfort;
-Suitable for use in diagnostic, preventive and therapeutic
dental application;
-Should be reusable and latex free material;
-Should have both one adult and one pediatric sizes;
Technical
2 -Should be self retaining;
characteristics
-Material should be flexible, which make patients very
comfortable;
-Cheek retractor made of durable clear plastic for
increased visibility;
User's care, Cleaning, Should be autoclavable
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 1 Years
29.Mouth Props (Adult + Pedo) with chain

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Mouth Props (Adult + Pedo) with chain

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose To keep mouths open wide and steady during a procedure
-Small Child Latex-Free;
-Adult Latex-Free;
Technical
2 -Should be reusable plastic material;
characteristics
-Should have both adult and pediatric sizes;
-Should be without sharp edges;
User's care, Cleaning, Sterilizable and cleanable using alcohol and other
3 Disinfection & Sterility chemical reagents.
issues

4 Warranty 1 Years
30.Cement Spatula (plastic and metal)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Cement Spatula (plastic and metal)

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose For mixing, cements and pastes


- Plastic made spatula – 1 No;
-Double-ended stainless steel made spatula with length 44
mm – 1 no;
Technical
2 -Should be handy, light weight and convenient to use;
characteristics
-Should be flat blade from one side, arch headed on
another;
-Handle length should be minimum 10mm;
User's care, Cleaning, Unit could be cleaned using alcohol based cleaning
3 Disinfection & Sterility agents.
issues

4 Warranty 1 Years
31.Patient drape

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Patient drape

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

To prevent body of the patient against contact from


1 Clinical purpose caustic liquids, splashing water, flying debris during
treatment
Technical -Should made of reusable plastic material;
2
characteristics
User's care, Cleaning, Unit could be cleaned using alcohol based cleaning
3 Disinfection & Sterility agents.
issues
32.Glass Dappen dish

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Glass Dappen dish

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose For mixing dental medicaments or fillings


Technical -Should be made of glass;
2 -Should be reusable;
characteristics
User's care, Cleaning, Unit could be cleaned using alcohol based cleaning
3 Disinfection & Sterility agents.
issues
33.Mortar And pestle

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Mortar And pestle

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose For making silver filling by mixing powder and liquid
-Should be reusable;
Technical
2 -Thick non-slip mortar surface and pestle handle;
characteristics
-Should be made of glass;
User's care, Cleaning, Unit could be cleaned using alcohol based cleaning
3 Disinfection & Sterility agents.
issues
34.Burs assorted for contrangle hand-piece

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Burs assorted for contrangle hand-piece

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose Used for cavity making


-Burs assorted for contrangle hand-piece(round, Straight,
inverted cone);
-Round diameter – 014;
Technical -Straight diameter – 009;
2
characteristics -Inverted cone diameter – 012;
-Made of medical grade material (tungsten or ceramic);
-Should have certification: CE (EU)/FDA (USA);
-Should have compact storage box;
User's care, Cleaning, Sterilizable and cleanable using alcohol and other
3 Disinfection & Sterility chemical reagents
issues

4 Warranty 1 Years
35.Composite kit with etchant and bonding agent

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Composite kit with etchant and bonding agent

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

Etchant - Etch and prepare the tooth before filling Bonding


1 Clinical purpose
agent - Bond the filling material to the tooth
-37% phosphoric acid gel form;
-Syringe with disposable tips to prevent cross
Technical
2 contamination;
characteristics
-Dentin bonding agent;
36.Composite syringes

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Composite syringes

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose Used for composite restorations


-Restorative is a visible light-activated nanohybrid
composite designed for use in both anterior and posterior
restorations;
-Should available in min. 8 shades, two of which should be
Technical opaque;
2
characteristics -All shades should be radiopaque and fluorescent;
-Should available individual syringes package;
-Should have minimum 3g weight
-Should have certification: CE (EU)/FDA (USA);
-Should have compact storage box;
Atmosphere / -Storage conditions as applicable;
Ambiance (air
3
conditioning,
humidity, dust ...)

User's care, Cleaning, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning and sterilization of all
4 Disinfection & Sterility surfaces.
issues

5 Warranty 1 Years
37.Composite finishing and polishing kit

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Composite finishing and polishing kit

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose Polishing composite fillings


Composite polishing kit for low speed handpiece:
Technical -Composite Polishing Set
2
characteristics -Should have certification: CE (EU)/FDA (USA);
-Should have compact storage box;
User's care, Cleaning, Unit could be cleaned using alcohol based cleaning
3 Disinfection & Sterility agents.
issues

4 Warranty 1 Years
38.Diamond burs-Air rotar hand piece-assorted

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Diamond burs-Air rotar hand piece-assorted

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose Used for cavity cutting


-Should have straight (size-009), inverted cone(size-012),
round(size-010), tapered fissure(Round ended with size-
Technical 0.9mm);
2
characteristics -Made of medical grade steel material;
-Should have certification: CE (EU)/FDA (USA);
-Should have compact storage box;
User's care, Cleaning, Should be autoclavable
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 3 Years
39.G.P point15-80 assorted set

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name G.P point15-80 assorted set

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose filling root canal during RCT


-Should have 15-80-no assorted;
Technical -All G.P. point assorted should be color coded;
2
characteristics -Should have compact storage box for each assorted set; -
Should have certification: CE (EU)/FDA (USA);
40.H file set assorted 15-40,45-80 (21 mm)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name H file set assorted 15-40,45-80 (21 mm)

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

cleaning and shaping the canals during Root Canal


1 Clinical purpose
treatment
-Should have 15-40, 45-80 (21 mm)sizes and color coded;
Technical -Ground from Stainless steel wire;
2
characteristics -Should have certification: CE (EU)/FDA (USA);
-Should have compact storage box;
User's care, Cleaning, Should be autoclavable
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 3 Years
41.K file set assorted 15-40,45-80 (21 mm)(25 mm)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name K file set assorted 15-40,45-80 (21 mm)(25 mm)

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

Cleaning and shaping the canals during Root Canal


1 Clinical purpose
treatment
-Should have 15-40, 45-80 (21 mm)(25mm) sizes and color
coded;
Technical
2 - Ground from Stainless steel wire;;
characteristics
-Should have certification: CE (EU)/FDA (USA);
-Should have compact storage box;
User's care, Cleaning, Should be autoclavable
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 3 Years
42.Mylar strip (8mm,100 strips pack )

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Mylar strip (8mm,100 strips pack )

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose Composite restorations


Technical -Should have 8mm width and 0.05mm thick with
2 transparent polyester;
characteristics
43.Polishing brush and cup

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Polishing brush and cup

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

Polishing of teeth after cleaning/ before pit and fissure


1 Clinical purpose
sealant
-Should have dental multiple use polishing cups and
polishing brush;
-Latch type prophy brush
Material: Nylon, bristle
Technical Shape: Flat
2
characteristics -Latch type prophy cup
Material: Nylon
Shape: Flat, webbed
-Should be CE (Europe)/ISO certified or FDA (US) certified
-Should have 1Qty. polishing brush and 1Qty. cup;
User's care, Cleaning, Should be Autoclavable.
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues
44.Applicator tips for bonding agent

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Applicator tips for bonding agent

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

applying bonding agent to the tooth before composite


1 Clinical purpose
filling
-Should made of plastic with bendable tip
-Consit of non-linting, non-absorbent fibres arrange
Technical spherical shape;
2
characteristics -Package of 100pcs/pack;
-Size – small/medium;
-Should be CE (Europe)/ISO certified or FDA (US) certified
User's care, Cleaning, -Should be disposable
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues
45.Pit and fissure sealant

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Pit and fissure sealant

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose Sealing the pits and fissures in teeth to prevent caries
-Should have a compact box for storage of sealant
material;
-Low viscosity to flow easily into pits and fissures light-
Technical
2 cured;
characteristics
-Bonds to enamel;
-Should be available in syringes with disposable tip;
-Should have Low polymerization shrinkage
46.Green cloth bags for autoclaving instruments

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Green cloth bags for autoclaving instruments

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose Wrap the instrument for autoclavable


-Should available in 4 different (6 x 9 inches, 12 x 18 inches,
24 x 36 inches and 40 x 40 inches) rectangular sizes cloths
Technical
2 in green color;
characteristics
-Should be autoclavable;
-Should be constructed of hospital grade drape;
47.Dental IOPA X-ray film Pediatric

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Dental IOPA X-ray film Pediatric

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose Taking x-ray of teeth in pedo patients


Technical -Should have protected cover on Xray film(Super poly soft);
2 -Should be E Speed in size 0: 22x35 mm (child size);
characteristics
48.Dental IOPA X-Ray film Adult

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Dental IOPA X-Ray film Adult

Version no. 3

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose Intraoral dental xray film, taking x-ray of teeth


-Should have protected cover on X-ray film(Super poly
Technical
2 soft);
characteristics
-Should be E Speed in size 2: 31x41 mm (Adult size);
49.Lead apron and thyroid guard

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Lead apron and thyroid guard

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose To protect from x-ray radiation


-Should be AERB approved.
Technical - Should be 0.5mm lead equivalent.
2
characteristics - Should be hook and loop type (Velcro fitting).
- Should be supplied along with thyroid guard.
Atmosphere / -Storage condition: Capable of being stored continuously
Ambiance (air in ambient temperature of 0 to 50 deg C and relative
3
conditioning, humidity of 15 to 90%.
humidity, dust ...)

User's care, Cleaning, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning of all surfaces.
4 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

5 Warranty 3 Years
G-PHYSIOTHERAPY EQUIPMENTS
I : Physiotherapy equipments
1. Therapy ball: a) 65 cm brightly coloured, Inflatable by foot pump. Moulded heavy duty vinyl
ball can support weight up to 150 kg b) 45 cm and a pump for inflation
2. Therapy mats- 6ft x3ft ( Length 6 ft and breadth 3ft, made up of Rubberized foam, vinyl
coated cover, thickness 4 cm, can be wiped clean with a damp cloth
3. Bolster: 2 ft long, diameter- 8 inch and 2ft long, diameter- 10 inch. Sponge cover on wooden
shaft, outer side is covered with Rexene, Rexene is fixed to the wooden shaft with thick pins
4. Small roll-13 inch long, diameter -3 inch with sponge roll covered with Rexene
5. Prone wedge a) Big- Height-14 inch;
Length- 31 inch, breadth 17 inches ,Foam filled wedges covered with Nylon, fitted with Velcro
straps to position the child
6. Balance Board: Rexene covered cushioned platform size 45 cmX60 cmX15cm high
7. Kaye-Walker (height-48-64 cm) Height 48-64 cm, distance between hand grips 34 cm, frame
width 58-60cm, frame length 69- 83 cm, user height 107-137 cm, maximum user weight 39 kg.,
frame weight 3.85 kg.
8. Bolster Swing with nylon rope or straps with hooks to fit in the swing frame. Size 25 cm
diameter X 90 cm long
9. Wooden Benches with cushion and Rexene cover a) Small (3ft long, height 8 inches, breath 6
inches), b) 1 Big (3ft long, height 12 inches, breath 8 inches)
10. Splints (Ankle Foot Orthosis)
11. Special chairs with cutout tray (Tailor made according to need of the child)
12. Looking mirror fixed all around the wall adjacent to the floor at a height of 4 feet and 3
inches above the ground
13. Toys (for play and stimulation)
a) Small rattles
b) Squeaky toys
c) Puja bell (clapper bell)
d) Soft toy
e) Brush for tactile stimulation
f ) Theraputty : Gluten free, non-toxic, red, yellow and blue colors
g) Peg board : laminated square board having 10 holes to hold smoothly finished solid plastic
pegs in five different bright colours
h) Ball Pool: The dense foam padded mini Ball Pool is Soft, safe and perfect for small children.
It provides an excellent sensory stimulating activity. The round pool is 120cm in diameter x
50cm high, & has 10cm thick padded sides. The pool contains 500 multi color balls of 7cm or
8cm diameter. Pool side and bottom is covered with durable Rexene that easily wipes clean
i) Balls of different size
j) Gaiters : Aluminium/bamboo stick of 8”,10”, 12”,14” long inserted in the pockets of thick
canvas, 3 Velcro straps to be wound around Total 8 nos
k) Thick handle spoon Stainless steel spoon, padded handle
l) Thick handle bent spoon Stainless steel bent spoon, padded handle
m) Plastic spoon with long handle (for babies) , Long handle bright color spoon
n) Plastic glass with rim cut on one side : Plastic glass with one side of the rim is cut to
accommodate nose
o)Stainless steel plates with high rim : High rim to prevent spilling over of food
p) Spouted cups

THERAPY EQUIPMENTS and ADAPTIVE SEATS:

1. Therapy ball- 1Big (65cm), 1small (45cm)


a. 65 cm Brightly colored, Inflatable by foot pump.
Moulded heavy duty vinyl ball can support weight
up to 150 kg
b. 45 cm and a pump for inflation

2. Therapy mats- 6ft x3ft


a. Quantity - 6 mats
b. 6ft x3ft ( Length 6 ft and breadth 3ft
c. made up of Rubberized foam
d. vinyl coated cover
e. thickness 4 cm, can be wiped clean with a damp cloth

3. Bolster-

a. 2ft long, diameter- 8 inch


b. 2ft long, diameter- 10 inch
c. Sponge cover on wooden shaft, outer side is covered with Rexene, Rexene is
fixed to the wooden shaft with thick pins
d. Quantity – 2 bolsters
A child is encouraged to roll into prone by rolling the bolster backwards

4. Small roll-
13 inch long, Diameter-3 inch
Quantity – 2 rolls. The child is
placed in prone over a roll

A roll is placed
under the head to
inhibit extensor
Tone while the
mother is changing
nappy

5. Prone Wedge-
Big- Height-14 inch; Length- 31 inch,
Breadth- 17 inches
Small- Height-10 inch; Length- 26 inch
Quantity -2 wedges, 1 big and 1 small
The mother encourages her child to lift her head and trunk by shaking a rattle when the child
is placed prone on a wedge. The child is lifting her head and weight bearing through her arms
on a bolster

6. Balance Board-
Length- 29.5 inch, Breadth- 23 inch,
Height- 2.5 inch
Quantity -2

Underside of the
Balance board

7. Trampoline
Quantity -1
8. Kaye-Walker
Quantity -1

9. Bolster Swing-
Quantity -1 big - 300mm diameter and 1.5 meter long
1 small-300mm diameter and 1.2 meter long

10.Toys like balls, rings, squeaky toys for stimulation


Rattle
Squeaky toy
Rattle
Puja bell

Squeaky toy Soft toy For tactile


stimulation Brush for tactile
stimulation

Plasticin

Peg board
Toy for tactile Peg board
stimulation

Small bolster
Bolster swing swing Ball Pool
Bench

11.Modified chairs (wooden with cushion covered with Rexene)- Custom


made
Quantity-1

Child sits in a modified chair with a cut-out tray in front. The chair has castors for easy
transportation

12. Splints (Ankle Foot Orthosis)


[For demonstration]

13. Wooden Benches with cushion and Rexene cover (3ft long and 4, 6, and 8
inches height)
Quantity-3 (one each)

14.Cut-out floor table (2ft×2ft)


Quantity - 2
\
15. Floor seat (Pelvic strap):
Quantity -2

Child sits in a floor seat with a cut-out floor table in front

Utilities of therapy equipment


Therapy ball – A useful tool to facilitate movements of head and trunk against gravity. It
provides vestibular stimulation. Helps to improve balance reactions. Rolling can be facilitated
using righting reactions. Helps to increase tone upto an optimal level for a child with low tone.
Rhythmic movements on the ball help to reduce hypertonia and thus prepare a child for more
normal patterns of movements.
Therapy mats – Parents and professionals sit on the mats. Therapy is done on the mat. As the
mats are placed on the floor, the child feels much secured and dispel fear of falling down from a
height in the child and thus rule out any injury due to fall. The mats are easy to clean.
Bolster – Used for proprioceptive, vestibular input. Various movements can be facilitated on a
bolster such as head and trunk extension, rotation of trunk in sitting and rolling over. Co-
contraction of shoulder girdle muscles can be facilitated through weight bearing through arms
in a prone position and gentle rocking movements forward to back helps to facilitate the child’s
weight shifting ability through arms. Righting reactions can be improved with slight rolling of
the bolster to both sides putting the child in an astride position.
Small roll – Used for babies and infants for positioning and to facilitate head control in prone.
When placed under the occiput, it helps to maintain elongation of the back of the neck and
reduce extensor tone in infants with ATNR and opisthotonic posture.
Prone Wedge – Used for positioning in prone, facilitates head control as the effect of gravity is
much eliminated.
Balance Board – Improves balance in sitting or in a standing position. Instability invokes
equilibrium reactions and thus improves stability in standing and walking.
Trampoline – Used for proprioceptive and vestibular stimulation especially for children with
sensory integration disorder.
Kaye-Walkers - A walking aid that facilitates extension of trunk, hips, and knees for children
with spastic Diplegia.
Modified chairs – Seating children with Cerebral palsy, modified according to the needs of the
child.
Splints - Used to keep the joints in neutral positions and provide stability.
Wooden Benches – Used as therapy tool to facilitate standing and cruising. Cruising is
particularly important to reduce adductor spasticity and simultaneously facilitates extension
and external rotation of hips and extension of knees when the child shifts her body weight
sideways. A child can stand in a modified plantigrade position (weight bearing on extended
arms while standing on her feet) and gentle rocking forward and backward facilitates weight
bearing through both arms and legs. Such rocking movements also help in improving balance
reactions in preparation of walking with walking aids like elbow crutches or rollator or a Kaye-
walker.
Bolster Swings – For vestibular stimulation, used for children with sensory integration disorder.
H-SENSORY INTEGRATION
EQUIPMENTS
1. Pinspot and Mirror Ball
2. Mirror Ball Motor
3. LED Mirror Ball
4. Fire ball -mounted on the roof
5. Sound Activated Light
6. LED Bubble Tube
7. OPTIC fibers
8. Blue LED Lights
9. 150 bulb blue LED light chain
10. Bubble Tube
11. Rotating Drum
12. Chime Frame and Beater
13.Mirror Chime bout
14. Swings: a) Bolster swing b)Platform swing c)Tyre tube swing d)Rope ladder swing e)Rhythmic Rocker
f)Balance boards g) Bean bags including white ones, h) Real size animal toys
1. Pinspot and Mirror Ball Bundle

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Pinspot and Mirror Ball Bundle

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

Shine the pin-spot onto the mirror ball to create hundreds


1 Clinical purpose of mirrored reflections around the room.

-Mains powered motor to spin mirror balls or other light


hanging items;
-Fixed 2 RPM rotational speed;
-Designed to use power from a lighting circuit;
Technical -Load limit of 4kg at mirror ball motor;
2
characteristics -Shaft with pre-drilled hole for mirror ball connection;
-Should operate on 220VAC/50Hz;
-Should be provided with 20cm ball and 15cm chain;
-Pinspot should have 4 different color wheel;

User's care, Cleaning, Unit could be cleaned using alcohol based cleaning
3 Disinfection & Sterility agents.
issues

4 Warranty 3 Years

Documentation -User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied


along with machine diagrams;
5
-Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local
service agent to be provided
2. Mirror Ball Motor

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Mirror Ball Motor

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

This ceiling-mounting box contains a motor that will rotate


1 Clinical purpose mirror ball at a stately 2 RPM. Fitted with 1m (approx)
mains lead and plug.
-Mains powered motor to spin mirror balls or other light
hanging items;
-Fixed 2 RPM rotational speed;
Technical
2 -Designed to use power from a lighting circuit;
characteristics
-Load limit of 4kg;
-Shaft with pre-drilled hole for mirror ball connection;
-Should operate at 220VAC/50Hz;
User's care, Cleaning, Unit could be cleaned using alcohol based cleaning
3 Disinfection & Sterility agents.
issues

4 Warranty 3 Years

Documentation -User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied


along with machine diagrams;
5
-Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local
service agent to be provided;
3. LED Mirror Ball

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name LED Mirror Ball

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

LED Mirror Ball features a 6inches diameter ball covered


with crack-resistant mirror tiles, a battery/mains-operated
1 Clinical purpose
rotating motor with a silver chain, and multi-colored LED
lights mounted in the motor.
-6inches diameter disco mirror ball;
Technical -Rotating motor with LED lights;
2
characteristics -Attached silver chain and ring;
-On/off switch and sound activation;
User's care, Cleaning, Unit could be cleaned using alcohol based cleaning
3 Disinfection & Sterility agents.
issues

4 Warranty 3 Years

Documentation -User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied


along with machine diagrams;
5
-Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local
service agent to be provided;
4. Fire ball -mounted on the roof

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Fire ball -mounted on the roof

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

This classic light effect fires narrow beams of light around


1 Clinical purpose
the room as it rotates.
-Should have wide coverage;
-Perfect for ceiling or desk mounting;
Technical -Should have 100,000 hours LED life span (approx);
2
characteristics -Should operate at 220VAC/50Hz;
-Should have min 4 revolutions per minute;
-Should have max. weight: 2kg;
User's care, Cleaning, Unit could be cleaned using alcohol based cleaning
3 Disinfection & Sterility agents.
issues

4 Warranty 3 Years

Documentation -User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied


along with machine diagrams;
5
-Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local
service agent to be provided;
5. Sound Activated Light

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Sound Activated Light

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose This classic light effect multicolor light around the room.
-Should have sound activation system inbuilt;
-Fully Automatic LED Compact Border;
-Cycle Light for Indoor Use;
Technical -Lightweight;
2
characteristics -Adjusting speed and sound sensitivity;
-Should have low power consumption;
-Should operated at 220VAC/50Hz;
-Should have 100,000 hours LED life span (approx);
User's care, Cleaning, Unit could be cleaned using alcohol based cleaning
3 Disinfection & Sterility agents.
issues

4 Warranty 3 Years

Documentation -User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied


along with machine diagrams;
5
-Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local
service agent to be provided;
6. LED Bubble Tube

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name LED Bubble Tube

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose This light change in tube while touching around the light.
-Adjusting speed and sound sensitivity;
-Should have low power consumption;
-Should operated at 220VAC/50Hz;
-Tubes should made of thick acrylic plastic, not glass;
-The LED light of Bubble tube should slowly change color
Technical whilst small bubbles rise continuously;
2
characteristics -Should have min. 10,000 hours LED life span (approx);
-Minimum Dimensions: 75mm diameter x 500mm height;
-Bubble tube with a vibrator and Led light which changes
colors with mirror on two sides;
-Should have low power consumption;
-Should operated at 220VAC/50Hz;
User's care, Cleaning, Unit could be cleaned using alcohol based cleaning
3 Disinfection & Sterility agents.
issues

4 Warranty 3 Years

Documentation -Technical manual to be provided


5
7. OPTIC fibers

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name OPTIC fibers

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose Fibre optics with transparent light .


Should have flexible fibre optic with PVC covered;
-Cable does not get hot (there is no current or heat
through cable);
-Should have ability of changing colors with remote
control;
Technical
2 -Perfect for sensory rooms, schools, hospitals, care homes;
characteristics
-30 x PVC covered side glow fibre (tripplefibre) optic 3.2
mm;
-Should have low power consumption;
-Should operated at 220VAC/50Hz;
-Should have min. 10,000 hours LED life span (approx);
User's care, Cleaning, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning of all surfaces.
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 3 Years

Documentation -Technical manual to be provided


5
8. Blue LED Lights

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Blue LED Lights

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose To provide blue light in room.


-Should have blue LED light
-Bulb type: replaceable blue LED
Technical -Should have sensory technology
2
characteristics -Should have low power consumption;
-Should operated at 220VAC/50Hz;
-Should have min. 10,000 hours LED life span (approx);
User's care, Cleaning, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning of all surfaces.
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 3 Years

Documentation -Technical manual to be provided


5
9. Blue LED light chain

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Blue LED light chain

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose Chain of light, which provide blue color light.


-Should have 150 bulb blue LED light chain;
-Bulb type: replaceable blue LED;
Technical -Should have low power consumption;
2
characteristics -Should operated at 220VAC/50Hz;
-Should have min. 10,000 hours LED life span (approx);

User's care, Cleaning, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning of all surfaces.
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 3 Years

Documentation -Technical manual to be provided


5
10. Bubble Tube

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Bubble Tube

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

Color Changing LED with lamp in water tube, floor standing


1 Clinical purpose
lamp light
-Bubble tube lamp with silver base - Color changing LED
lighting;
-Supplied with 6 multi colored ;
Technical -Integrated controller for variable bubble stream;
2
characteristics -Creates a calming, relaxing atmosphere - Ideal for homes,
schools, sensory rooms, workplaces... and more;
-Height : 900 mm (35.4 Inches);
-Should have min. 10,000 hours LED life span (approx);
User's care, Cleaning, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning of all surfaces.
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 3 Years

Documentation -Technical manual to be provided


5
11.Rotating Drum

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Rotating Drum

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

A large wooden slatter drum containing brightly coloured


1 Clinical purpose balls and bells.

Should have a wooden base to keep it stable;


Technical Should have a wooden slatted drum;
2
characteristics Should have colored balls (min. of 10);
Should have integral bells;
User's care, Cleaning, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning of all surfaces.
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 1 Year
12.Chime Frame and Beater

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Chime Frame and Beater

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

Six colorful wooden chimes, suspended within a strong


1 Clinical purpose
wooden frame
-Six colorful wooden chimes, suspended within a strong
Technical frame;
2
characteristics -Complete with Beater attached;
-Should have 370mmL x 270mmH in sizes;
User's care, Cleaning, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning of all surfaces.
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 1 Year
13.Mirror Chime bout

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Mirror Chime bout

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

Mirror Chime bout found in Child Development Centres,


1 Clinical purpose Nurseries and Special Schools worldwide.

-Should have a wooden stand with six extending arms each


holding mirror/colorful strips and chime bells, which
provide a stunning visual and auditory effect;
Technical
2 -Should have strips of mirror Perspex faced, which respond
characteristics
to the slightest touch, making this a very visual toy;
-Should have feature of mountable on a freestanding base.
-Height :approx.24cm, Base diameter: approx. 20cm;
User's care, Cleaning, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning of all surfaces.
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 1 Year
14.Bolster swing

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Bolster swing

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

Bolster swings are a must for sensory integration therapy


as they encourage righting reactions, adjustments to linear
1 Clinical purpose
acceleration and motor planning.

-Should have vinyl-covered base on either side by simply


flipping the bloster over;
-Should have one side is high-density foam padding; the
other side is padded with low-density foam;
Technical
2 -Should have min. 4 feet in length and max. 2 feet in
characteristics
diameter;
-Should have max load 180Kgs;
-Should have heavy duty hanger with ball bearing
technology up to 60 min continuous moving;
User's care, Cleaning, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning of all surfaces.
3 Disinfection & Sterility
issues

4 Warranty 1 Year

Documentation -Technical manual to be provided.


5
Platform swing

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Platform swing

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

Platform swings are a must for sensory integration


therapy as they encourage righting reactions,
1 Clinical purpose
adjustments to linear acceleration and motor planning.

-Should have vinyl-covered base;


-Should have one side is high-density foam padding; the
other side is padded with low-density foam;
Technical -Should have min. 4 feet in length and max. 2 feet in
2
characteristics width;
-Should have max load 180Kgs;
-Should have heavy duty hanger with ball bearing to
support up to 60 min continuous swing;
User's care, Cleaning, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning of all surfaces.
3 Disinfection &
Sterility issues

4 Warranty 1 Year

Documentation -Technical manual to be provided


5
Tyre tube swing

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Tyre tube swing

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

Tyre tube swings are a must for sensory integration


therapy as they encourage righting reactions,
1 Clinical purpose
adjustments to linear acceleration and motor planning.

-Should have dual axis hanging feature;


-Should provide inflating pump with measuring gauge;
Technical
2 -Should have max load 180Kgs;
characteristics
-Should have heavy duty hanger with ball bearing to
support up to 60 min continuous swing;
User's care, Cleaning, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning of all surfaces.
3 Disinfection &
Sterility issues

4 Warranty 1 Year

Documentation -Technical manual to be provided


5
Rope ladder swing
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Rope ladder swing

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

Little acrobats can train their balance strength and


1 Clinical purpose
power
-Should have a wooden bar that can be used as a seat or
gymnastic bar
-Should have sturdy synthetic rings which gives a strong
hold to little hands while exercising and the synthetic
Technical rope can securely be affixed with the metal rings.
2
characteristics -Should have max 200cm in length
-Should have min. load capacity 60 kg
-Should have heavy duty hanger with ball bearing to
support up to 60 min continuous swing;
-Age 3+
User's care, Cleaning, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning of all surfaces.
3 Disinfection &
Sterility issues

4 Warranty 1 Year

Documentation -Technical manual to be provided


5
Rhythmic Rocker
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Rhythmic Rocker

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

Rhythmic rocking is a must for sensory integration


therapy as they encourage righting reactions,
1 Clinical purpose
adjustments to linear acceleration and motor planning.

-Should have rocking feature;


-Should have easy grip handles;
Technical -Should have non-slip foot steps;
3
characteristics -Should have parent volume control;
-Should have soft huggable body;
-Should have min. load capacity 60 kg;
User's care, Cleaning, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning of all surfaces.
5 Disinfection &
Sterility issues

6 Warranty 1 Year

Documentation -Technical manual to be provided


7
Balance boards
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Balance boards

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

Balancing board featuring an unprecedented range of


motion and variety of difficulties holds. It helps students
1 Clinical purpose in exploring entire 360 pendulum-like range of motion
as they build balance, confidence, control levels and
begin their solo attempts
-Should have unbreakable board with 1/2 dia sphere at
the tip of its pedestal that support free floats;
Technical
2 -Should have height adjustment feature ;
characteristics
-Should have non-slip footsteps;
-Should have main. load capacity 60 kg;
User's care, Cleaning, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning of all surfaces.
3 Disinfection &
Sterility issues

4 Warranty 1 Year

Documentation -Technical manual to be provided


5
Ball Pool
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Ball Pool

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

Provide multi-sensory tactile stimulation as


1 Clinical purpose
preschoolers balance, adjust, and move through them.
-Should have vinyl-covered base;
-Should have one side is high-density foam padding; the
other side is padded with low-density foam;
Technical -Should have inner measurement min. 5 feet in length
2
characteristics and 5 feet in width;
-Should have min. 500 multicolor soft plastic material
balls;
-Should have 4 in. thick foam walls 12 in. height
User's care, Cleaning, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning of all surfaces.
3 Disinfection &
Sterility issues

4 Warranty 1 Year

Documentation -Technical manual to be provided


5
Tunnel
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Tunnel

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose Stimulate the imagination for creative playtime.


-Should have durable polyester fabric in bright colors;
-Should have one side is high-density foam padding; the
other side is padded with low-density foam;
-Should be min. 8 feet in length and 1.5 feet diameter
Technical
2 which provides space for easy crawl through fun;
characteristics
-Play Tunnel can attach to other Playhut play structures
creating additional play pattern options;
-Should have light weight and portable;
-Should have 4 in. thick foam walls in circular pattern;
User's care, Cleaning, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning of all surfaces.
3 Disinfection &
Sterility issues

4 Warranty 1 Year

Documentation -Technical manual to be provided


5
Bean bags

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Bean bags

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose For seating purpose


-Should be filled with fire retardant polystyrene beads;
-Should have durable material in bright colors;
Technical -Should have measurements: 60cm x 60cm x 60cm,
2
characteristics Bean Refill volume: 2.5 cubic feet;
-Should be light weight and portable;

User's care, Cleaning, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning of all surfaces.
3 Disinfection &
Sterility issues

4 Warranty 1 Year
Real size animal toys
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Name Real size animal toys

Version no. 2

Date: JUNE 2014

1 Clinical purpose Playing purpose;


Should have ultra-soft multicolor fur for realistic feeling
Technical -Should available in different choice of animals toys
2
characteristics -Should have light wieght and portable
-Should be washable under washing machine
User's care, Cleaning, Unit layout to enable easy cleaning of all surfaces.
3 Disinfection &
Sterility issues

4 Warranty 1 Year

*All equipments are validated by Health Care Technology Wing of NHSRC, New Delhi
Chapter 6:
Annexure-
Annexure 1- Contact Details of Vendors:
(*Please note that list of equipments suppliers mentioned below is for
reference purpose only. MoHFW, India does not endorse or
recommend any of the above suppliers for the purchase of any of the
equipments. It is not at all mandatory to purchase the equipments
from this reference list. States are free to purchase the equipments
from any provider. Costing of the equipments is tentative only and
may vary from supplier to supplier.)
1. Binocular Indirect Ophthalmoscope
a)
Company name Cardio Carehttp://www.indiamart.com/cardio-care/
Contact Person Mr. Ajay Mahajan

Mobile / Cell Phone +(91)-9844014364 +(91)-9844014364

Telephone +(91)-(80)-25422427 +(91)-(80)-25422427


Fax No +(91)-(80)-41614529 +(91)-(80)-41614529

Address No. 943, 2- E Cross, 9th 'a' Main, H. R. B. R. Layout, Ist Block,
Bengaluru - 560043, Karnataka, India

b) Appasamy Associates: Mr. Karthick Deepak


No. 20, SBI Officer's Colony, First Street, P. H. Road, Arum
Chennai - 600 106, Tamil Nadu, India
Telephone: + (91)-(44)-32932405, +(91)-(44)-32932406 +(91)-(44)-23630363
Website: http://www.appasamy.com

c) Appasamy Associates:
20, SBI Offices’ Colony, First Street, Arumbakkam, Chennai ( Madras ) - 600 106, INDIA
Tel : ( 91 - 44 ) 32980153, 32980154, 32982405, 32982406, 23630363, 23631039.
Fax : ( 91 - 44 ) 23631208. E mail :[email protected]
Website : www.appasamy.com

d) Saharya Brothers
Mr. BhavinMathur (Proprietor)
No. 1/50, Ganga Apartments, Lalita Park, Laxmi Nagar, Vikas Marg
New Delhi - 110 092, Delhi, India)
2. Laser console:

NIDEK

1) KLB Instruments Co., Pvt. Ltd.


Distributor of Ophthalmic and Optometric Products
Tel 91-11-41543333
E-mail [email protected] / [email protected]
Address 1E/17, Jhandewalan Extension, New Delhi-110055, India

2) BioMedixOptotechnik& Devices Pvt. Ltd.


Distributor of Optometric and Lens Edging Products
Tel 91-80-49332900
E-mail [email protected]
Address No:258, Amarjyothi Layout, Domlur, Bangalore - 560 071, India

3) Appasamy Associates:
20, SBI Offices’ Colony, First Street, Arumbakkam, Chennai (Madras ) - 600 106, INDIA Tel :
( 91 - 44 ) 32980153, 32980154, 32982405, 32982406, 23630363, 23631039.
Fax : ( 91 - 44 ) 23631208. E mail: [email protected]
Website :www.appasamy.com

4) Saharya Brothers
Mr. BhavinMathur (Proprietor)
No. 1/50, Ganga Apartments, Lalita Park, Laxmi Nagar, Vikas Marg
New Delhi - 110 092, Delhi, India)

3. Vendor for Retcam shuttle: (only one company manufactures it)

1) Clarity Medical Systems, Inc. Headquarters is located at:

5775 West Las Positas Boulevard


Pleasanton, CA 94588-4084

Phone: (800) 215-6005 (800) 215-6005 (925) 463-7984 (925) 463-7984


(925) 463-7992 fax

Sales Inquiries: USA :[email protected] (925) 463.7984 (925) 463.7984 ext. 209
Sales in the USA and Canada are direct.

International: [email protected] (925) 463.7984 (925) 463.7984 Sales outside the USA &
Canada are through medical distributors.

Indian distributers:
a) KLB Instruments Co., Pvt. Ltd.
Distributor of Ophthalmic and Optometric Products
Tel 91-11-41543333
E-mail [email protected] / [email protected]
Address1E/17, Jhandewalan Extension, New Delhi-110055, India

b) BioMedixOptotechnik& Devices Pvt. Ltd.


Distributor of Optometric and Lens Edging Products
Tel 91-80-49332900
E-mail [email protected]

AddressNo:258, Amarjyothi Layout, Domlur, Bangalore - 560 071, India

Regional Sales Offices

NEW DELHI: MUMBAI:


BioMedixOptotechnik& Devices Pvt.Ltd., BioMedixOptotechnik& Devices Pvt. Ltd.,
M-1 AASHIRWAD COMPLEX, ShirinManzil, No.38, Sitladevi Temple Road,
D-1 GREEN PARK, (Cadel Road Corner), Mahim, MUMBAI - 400 016,
NEW DELHI - 110 016 INDIA.
Phone: 41756375 Phone: 022-2446 4351
Fax: 41759376 Fax: 022-2447 4905
Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]
CHENNAI: KOLKATA:
BioMedixOptotechnik& Devices Pvt.Ltd., BioMedixOptotechnik& Devices Pvt. Ltd.,
#32, 1st Avenue, Ashok Nagar, No. 86, Beltola Road,
CHENNAI - 600 083, INDIA. KOLKATA - 700 026, INDIA.
Phone: 044-2489 1250 Phone: 033-2486 3122
Fax: 044-2371 4716 Fax: 033-2419 2119
Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

4. LogMarand Lea Symbol chart

a) JAGDISH CHANDER , Chona Surgical Company , E-209 A,G.T.B ENCLAVE,OPP. G.T.B HOSPITAL
Delhi -110093, India ,Phone: +(91)-(11)-22595800 / 22595703 . Mobile: +(91)-9582215800
+(91)-9582215800 . Email: [email protected]
b) Good-Lite Company
1155 Jansen Farm Drive
Elgin, IL 60123 , Toll-free: 800-362-3860
Fax: 888-362-2576Local Phone: 847-841-1145
Local Fax: 847-841-1149
[email protected]
Quotation from Shri JAGDISH CHANDER, Chona Surgical Company

Kay Picture Chart Each RS.0500.00

2. Allen Chart for Near Each RS.0500.00

3. Lea Symbol Chart Each RS.3000.00

Foldable 3 meter

4. Lea Symbol Chart 3 Meter Each RS.3000.00

5. T.N.O. Stereo Test Indian Each RS.4000.00

6. Cardiff Acuity Test Each RS.5000.00

7. Lea Grating Paddle Each RS.3000.00

8 .Lang Fixation Stick Each RS.0500.00

9. Lang Fixation Cube Each RS.0500.00

5. ABER:For 1 and 2:
Care International,
N-19, Green Park Extn.,
New Delhi – 110016.
Tel.: 011-26186724, 26186524, 26100088
Mob No: +91-7838897895
Fax : 091-11-26186573
email :[email protected] , Mumbai +91-9892759229,
Chennai +91-9789024938
Bangalore +91-9845810609

5. Pure Tone Audiometry:

1) AMBCO MODEL 650A, 650AB PURE TONE AUDIOMETER Address:15052Redhill Avenue #D Tustin, CA
92780. Phone:(800) 345-1079 or (714) 259-7930 Fax: (714) 259-1688

2) Elkon Private Limited ,904, Majestic Chambers ,( Majestic Shopping Centre ) , 144, Girgaun Road,
Mumbai - 400 004. Tel .: (022) 2388 7247 ,Fax : 91(22) 2388 5819

Sales Office West Zone (Mumbai) ,Elkon Private Limited ,B-33, NandbhuvanIndl. Estate, Mahakali
Caves Road, Andheri (East), Mumbai - 400 093. Tel.: (022) 2830 1030 / 2832 3530,Fax : 91(22) 2820
3373 .Email : [email protected] [email protected]
Sales Office North Zone (Delhi) ,Elkon Private Limited , Gold Plaza, 3rd floor, 3339, Bank Street, Karol
Bagh, New Delhi - 110 005. Tel. : (011) 2872 4801 / 2872 4781 / 2872 7059 Fax : (011) 2872 0416
Email : [email protected]

3) ARPHI Electronics PVT.LTD


Prabhadevi Industrial estate, Block No. 5, 2nd Floor, Veer Savarkar Marg, Mumbai-400025
Tel: 022-24309376, Telefax: 24222229. Email: [email protected]
6. Tympanometry:

1) Welch Allyn India Office


No. 32, Royapetah High Road
3rd Street, Mylapore
Chennai 600 004
India
Anil Dass
Country Manager
Mobile Phone : +91 98 9906 2673
Email : [email protected]
2) Care International: N-19, Green Park Ext., New Delhi – 110016. Tel.: 011-26186724, 26186524,
26100088. Mob No: +91-7838897895 Fax : 091-11-26186573 .email :[email protected] ,
Mumbai +91-9892759229, Chennai +91-9789024938 Bangalore +91-9845810609

7. Vineland Social Maturity Scale:Rs. 12080/- approx.

a) Pearson Clinical and Talent Assessment :

NishaRaghudas
Assistant Manager Customer Service
Pearson Clinical and Talent Assessment; Alfa Center, Unit B
# 20, Koramangala Inner Ring Road; Bangalore - 560 047.
91-080-4215 3440; Fax 91-080-42153438
www.psychcorpindia.com
Email: [email protected]

8. DASII scale
ANAND Agencies: 1433A off Bajirao Road, ShukrawarPeth, Pune 411002.
e-mail:[email protected] phone :9372499000 ,(020) 24459187

Survey No 1433/A, Near Janata Sahakari Bank, Off Bajirao Rd, ShukrawarPeth, Pune - 411002 Call: (020)
24459187

9. REEL-3:Price approximate: Rs 12,000/- for REELS


Pearson Clinical and Talent Assessment :
NishaRaghudas

Assistant Manager Customer Service


Pearson Clinical and Talent Assessment; Alfa Center, Unit B
# 20, Koramangala Inner Ring Road; Bangalore - 560 047.
91-080-4215 3440; Fax 91-080-42153438
www.psychcorpindia.com, Email: [email protected]

015-8498-135 REEL–3 Complete Kit - Includes Examiner’s Manual and 25 Profile/Test Forms.

015-8498-143 REEL–3 Examiner’s Manual

015-8498-151 REEL–3 Profile/Test Forms - Pkg of 25

9. LPT:

1) Ali Yavar Jung National Institute for Hearing Handicapped.


K.C. Marg, Bandra (W) Reclamation
Mumbai - 400 050
Phone: 022-26400215/26409176/26400263: Fax: 022-26404170
E-mail: [email protected]

2) NIMH, Hyderabad

3)Communication DEALL Trust. Head office is located at:


# 7, Hutchins Road, IV Cross, Cooke Town, SarvajnaNagara
Bangalore 560084
Tel: 080 25800827
Email: [email protected]

10. CDDC:

Dr. PrathibhaKaranth is the Founder Director and Managing Trustee of The Communication DEALL Trust.
Head office is located at:
# 7, Hutchins Road, IV Cross,
Cooke Town, SarvajnaNagara
Bangalore 560084
Tel: 080 25800827
Email: [email protected]
Early Language Training Kit (the manual and kit are sold together): [Manual Rs 100.00; Kit Rs 500.00]
with a little bit of help manual, is also available in Kannada, Hindi, Marati, Telugu, Malayalam and Tamil)
PRICE LIST
CommunicAids – Com DEALL Resources
1. Com DEALL – The Program - Rs 150
2. The Com DEALL Manual for families of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder – Rs 125
3. Communication DEALL Developmental Checklist (CDDC) (Inclusive of 50 score sheets) - Rs 150.00
4. Manual for Pre-requisite Learning Skills – Rs 200 Communication DEALL Intervention Manuals
(Toddlers) :
5. Communication (Receptive and Expressive) - Rs. 240.00
6. Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) - Rs. 240.00
7. Cognitive, Social & Emotional Skills - Rs. 240.00
8. Motor skills (gross and fine) and Activities of daily living - Rs. 240.00Communication DEALL
Intervention Manuals (Preschoolers)
9. Communication (Receptive and Expressive) - Rs. 250.00
10. Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) - Rs. 300.00
11. Cognitive, Social & Emotional Skills - Rs. 350.00
12. Motor skills (gross and fine) and Activities of daily living - Rs. 350.00 {DISCOUNTED PACKAGE PRICE
(ITEMS NUMBERED 1-12) RS 2,500+VAT}
13. Oro-motor Kit - Rs 530.00
14. Pragmatic Kit (Basic) - Rs 950.00
15. Pragmatic Kit (Advanced) - Rs 600.00
16. Stories of Everyday Social Skills - Rs 350.00
17. Stories of Everyday Social Skills (Set II)-Rs 330.00
18. Proto-vocabulary Kit (My Proto-Vocabulary Book & My Verb Book) - Rs 450.00
19. Assessment of oro-motor skills in toddlers: A manual (with score sheets) - Rs. 180.00
20. Parallel Talk - Rs. 30.00
21. Communication Ring - Rs. 125/- + 14.5% VAT (per kit)

With a little bit of Help Early Language Training Kit (the manual and kit are sold together): [Manual Rs
100.00; Kit Rs 500.00]
With a little bit of help manual, is also available in Kannada, Hindi, Marati, Telugu, Malayalam and Tamil)

Books:
Learning Disabilities in India (Edited by P Karanth& J Rozario, Sage: New Delhi 2003) – Rs 495
Children with Communication Disorders – An introductory text (by P Karanth, Orient Blackswan: New
Delhi, 2009)-Rs 200.00
* Courier charges (depending on number of items ordered and distance) *VAT charges are applicable.
*Prices are subject to change without prior notice.

11. BAYLEY-III Screening Test

Pearson Clinical and Talent Assessment Alfa Center


# 20, Koramangala Inner Ring Road , Bangalore - 560047, India
Telephone: (91) 080 4215 3440
Fax: (91) 080 4215 3438, Email: [email protected]
Psychological Tests- Pearson Clinical and Talent Assessment (PCTA)

Bayley III Screening Test- Rs 21312/unit

Bayley Scales of Infant and Toddler Development®, Third Edition (Bayley-III®)-Rs 87335/unit

Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales (Vineland II)-Rs 13860/unit

Dyslexia Early Screening Test (DEST) 2nd edition –Rs 13440/unit

Dyslexia Screening Test Junior (DST-J)-Rs 10710/unit

Contact person-Akshay Kumar

Manager - Clinical Assessment

Board line: 080 6673 0200

Phone: +91-9945047966

12. AABR Screener without Disposables

Starkey Laboratories India Pvt Ltd is the Authorized Distributor of MAICO Diagnostics
GmbH(Manufacturer of AABR Screening ABR System) in India.

Contact Person-Deepak Sharma, National Manger

Equipments Division- Starkey

M- 09818199042
13. Lea Vision Assessment Tools

Agency-Good-lite

SN PN Description

1 253300 Lea Grating Paddles

2 252500 LEA Symbols Playing Cards

3 250800 LEA Symbols Near Vision Card (16 inches/40 centimeters)

4 252400 LEA Symbols 13-Line Translucent

Distance Chart (10 feet/3 meters)

5 251100 Lea Symbol Low Contrast 10M Flip chart

6 251600 LEA 3-D Puzzle

7 253500 Hiding Heidi Low

Contrast Face Test

8 254505 Heidi Expressions Test Game

9 Occluder glasses
Annexure 2:-
Costing of various equipments under RBSK:
(The costing of all equipments and total cost is tentative only. Prices
may vary and total cost of essential and optional equipments may go
higher or lower)
Total cost of the essential equipments : Rs. 52,17,482
Total cost of the essential equipments + Optional : Rs 173,12,482
Name of Equipments Likely unit Essential / number Likely suppliers and their Indicative cost
price (Rs) Optional for each contact details, if any
DEIC
A: Medical
Equipments : 1-8

1. Stethoscope
(Pediatric) 600 E 4 2400
2.
Sphygmomanometer
with Pediatric cuff
with 3 different sizes
(Infant, Child and
Adult) Reusable 6000 E 2 Welch Allyn/Heine Germany 12000
3.Infantometer with
integrated head
piece and sliding leg HardikMedi Tech,
positioner 10-99cm 3000 E 2 PediaMedica/ Ibis/SECA 210 6000
4. Electronic Baby
Weighing Scale 800-1000 E 2 Laica/Phoenix 2000
5. Adult weighing
scale 400-800 E 2 1500
6. Height Measuring
scale -Stadiometer 1500-2000 E 2 HardikMedi tech 4000
7.MUAC tape 15-20 E 5 Shion and sons 100
8.Head
circumference tape-
Non stretchable
TEFLON synthetic Pedia pals /Ibis/
material 70-300 E 5 hardikMeditech 1500
Total for 1-8 29,500
equipments : ALL
ESSENTIAL Total
B. For R.O.P : 9-12
9. Indirect 65,000
Opthalmoscope with
a 20, 28 or
30 D lens 65000 E 1 Heinz and Appaswamy

10. a) • Eye Heinz and Appaswamy : 1)


speculum (Alfonso Appasamy Associates: Mr.
infant wire Karthick Deepak
speculum) No. 20, SBI Officer's Colony,
b) • Scleral First Street, P. H. Road,
depressor (wire Arum Chennai - 600 106,
vectis) Tamil Nadu, India
c). ROP speculum Telephone: + (91)-(44)-
32932405, +(91)-(44)-
32932406 +(91)-(44)-
5000 E 1 23630363 2) Heinz 5000
Opt 1) Nidek, 2) 15 lacks
BioMedixOptotechnik&
Devices Pvt. Ltd.
Distributor of
Optometric and Lens Edging
Products Tel 91-80-
49332900
E-mail
[email protected]
Address No:258, Amarjyothi
Layout, Domlur, Bangalore -
11. Laser console
560 071, India
plus laser indirect
3) Appasamy Associates:
opthalmoscope with
20, SBI Offices’
protective glass
Colony, First Street,
Arumbakkam, Chennai
(Madras ) - 600 106,
INDIA Tel : ( 91 - 44 )
32980153, 32980154,
32982405, 32982406,
23630363, 23631039. Fax : (
91 - 44 ) 23631208. E mail:
[email protected]
Website :
12-15 lac 1 www.appasamy.com
12 65-70 lacs 0pt 1 65-70 lacs in
RETCAM shuttle selected
ceneter of state

Both
Total for ROP essential &
70,000
Essential : Rs 70,000 optional :
86,00,000
C. Hearing
equipments : 13-20
Screener pediatric 70000 E 1 Arphi and alps; 70000
audiometer

14. Paediatric 5000-5500 E 2 Welch Allyn, Pocket Junior


Auroscope Otoscope
(Otoscope) Pocket Junior Otoscope
complete with AA handle
and batteries
5500
15.
Tympanometer/Imp
edance Audiometer-
Table top 2.5- lacs E 1 Maico, GSI, 250000
16 Oto-acoustic
emission(OAE)
instrument 5.5-6.0 lac E 1 600000
17.Brainstem Evoked
Response
Audiometer
with ASSR and both
insert phone and 8.0 lacs E 1 800000
18. Tuning Fork 1
set-4 tuning fork of 4
different freq 128 Hz,
256 Hz, 512 Hz and
1024 Hz Rs 500 E 1 500
19.Automatic ABR
screener without
disposable
electrodes rather
with integrated
electrodes Rs 5 lacs E 1 Maico 500000
20 . OPD material. Rs 10,000- E 20,000
.LED Head light : 20,000
total
a) Thudicum’s
speculum set
b) Killian’ speculum
set
c) Laryngeal mirrors
set
d) Posterior
rhinoscopic mirrors
e) Aural Speculum all
sizes black finish
f) Nasal Packing
Forceps
g) Aural Suction Tips
(Micro suction
adapter)
h) Nasal Suction Tips
i) Tuning Forceps 512
j) Hartman’s Forceps
k) Eustachian tube
catheter
l) Punch biopsy
forceps
m) Laryngeal biopsy
forceps
n) BP Handles of
various sizes
o) Tongue depressor
21. Sound proof 7 lacs E
room

Essential Total =2466000


equipments cost :
for Hearing
D. VISION
EQUIPMENTS : 21-26
21.Torch-penlight 50 E 2 100
22. Direct 5000 E 1
Ophthalmoscope Heinz 5000
20000 E 1 Welch Allyn Streak
23. Streak
Retinoscope dna
Retinoscope
znieH 20000
24. Lea Grating LEA - Good-
Paddles 18,837 E 1 LitePediatric 18837
25. Lea Near single Products
symbol Playing cards 3,370 E 1 Jutron Vision 3370
26. Lea Near Card Phone: 91-99987-
symbols with Cord 3,370 E 1 02020 3370
27.Lea Symbol Test mukul@jutronvisio
Set 3 meter 3370 E 1 n.com 3370
28. Hiding Heidi 4255 E 1 4255
26. Lea Symbol Low
Contrast 10M
Flipchart 7780 E 7780
total cost of essential vision = Rs 66,082
E: Tools for
psychological tests:
27-37
ESSENTIAL Pearson Clinical and
Pro ed. Australia Talent Assessment
,Alfa Center # 20,
Koramangalanner
Ring Road ,
Bangalore - 560047,
India
015-8498-135
REEL–3 Complete
Kit - Includes
27 *Receptive- Examiner’s Manual
Expressive Emergent and 25 Profile/Test
LanguageTest—Third Forms. $121.00
Edition (REEL-3) 15, 000 15000
28*LPT: Linguistic
NIHH, Mumbai 500
profile test 500 E 1
29.Developmental ANAND Agencies:
assessment for 1433A off Bajirao
Indian Infants Road,
(DASSI) ShukrawarPeth,
Pune 411002.
e-
mail:anandagencies
[email protected]
phone :
9372499000
(020) 24459187
Survey No 1433/A,
Near Janata
Sahakari Bank, Off
BajiraoRd,
ShukrawarPeth,
Pune - 411002 Call:
15,000 E 1 (020) 24459187 15000
30 .Vineland Social 15,000 E a) Pearson Clinical
Maturity Scale and Talent
Assessment :
NishaRaghudas

Assistant Manager
Customer Service

Pearson Clinical and


Talent Assessment;
Alfa Center, Unit B
#
20, Koramangala
Inner Ring Road;
Bangalore - 560
047.

91-080-4215 3440;
Fax 91-080-
42153438

www.psychcorpindi
a.com
Email:
info@pearsonclinic
al.in
Pearson Clinical and
Talent Assessment
,Alfa Center # 20,
Koramangalanner
Ring Road
Bangalore - 560047,
India

1 15000
31. Vineland do
Adaptive Behaviour
Scales 15,000 E 1 15000
32.Developmental Prasad Psycho.
Screening Test (DST) Corporation
by Bharat
Raj 900 E 1 900
33.Denver Hogrefe.co.uk/
Developmental other site
Screening Test II :Complete kit-
(DDST-II) 19646.00

Training & Admin


DVDs- 24590.00
46,000 E 1 each 46000

34. Stanford Binet Prasad Psycho.


2500
(Indian adaptation- 2,500 E 1 Corporation
Kulshreshta)

35. *Bayley-III Pearson Clinical


Screening Test and Talent
Complete Kit Assessment
Includes;
Manual, Stim Book,
Picture Book, Record
Forms 25
Packs. 30,000 E 1 30000
36.Piagets Sensori- Prasad Psycho.
motor Intelligence Corporation
Scale 0-2 years
• Piagetian Cognitive
Tasks 10,000 E 1 10000
37.Dyslexia Early Total for essential
Screening Test 4-6 equipments =
years (DEST) and 175900
Dyslexia Screening
Test Junior (6-11
years) 13000 x2 =26,000 E 1 26000

F: Lab equipments : 38-43


38. Automated Fully
Blood cell Counter (3 Automated 3-Part
part) Haematology Cell
Counter”,Mindray
Cell Counter
Reagent,Sysmex Kx-
21 Cell
Counter,NihonKohd
5 lac E one en Cell Counter 500000
39. Microscope 5000 E one 5000
40. Semi-automated Cobas,
analyzer 7 lac E one sysmex,Mindray 700000
41. Digital
Hemoglobinometer(
with cuvic and
lancet) 25000-30000 E one 30000
Total 1235000
42. Hemoglobin
HPLC system 15 lac O one
43. ELISA Reader
and Washer 2.5 lac O one
total =30 lacs Essential + Optional : Total only essential : 1235000

G: Dentistry

44. Paedtaric Dental 2 lac E ONE 2,00,000


Chair
45. Wall mounted
dental x ray 2 lac E ONE 200000
46. Table top Front
Loading Autoclave
(electrical) 75,000 E ONE 75000
47. LED Curing Light
source (composite) 25,000-50,000 E ONE 50000
48 .Other dental
equipments :Forceps
set for extraction : 2
Set (1 Adult +
1 Pediatric); 2
Restorative Filling
and Carving
Instruments Set : 1
set
3. Elevators set of 10
(ten): 1 Set,4.
Airotor: 1; 5. Dental
ultrasonic scaler(
complete set): 1 ; 6.
Composite Filling
Instruments: 1 kit;7.
Dental Electric
Brushless
Micromotor; 8. LED
Curing Light source:
1 Complete Unit;9.
Automatic Water
Distiller: 1,10 .
Mouth Mirrors:40
;11. Probes-Straight:
40;12. Explorers: 40;
13. Tweezers: 40 ;14.
Cheatle forceps:
1;15. Kidney trays
10;16. Plastic Cheek
Retractors 2
each;17Mouth Props
(Adult + Pedo) 1
each;18. Cement
Spatula (Plastic and
Metal) 1 each;19.
Matrix Band and
retainer(both no1 &
8) 1 set;20.
Dental Impression
Trays (upper and
lower) 1 set each; 21 as
.Rubber Bowls 2; 22. mentio
Plaster Spatula- 1 lac E ned 100000
straight and curved 1
each;23. Suction tips
(Metal) 2;
24 Mallet - Dental 1;
25 Scissors 1;26.
Needle Holder 1;27.
Bone Chisel
1;28.Glass slab ;29.
Scalpel handle :
1;30. Plastic patient
drape 2;31 Hand
scaler(complete set)
1; 32. Mortar And
pestel : 1; 32. Lead
Apron: 1

total essential cost =


6.25 lacs 625000
H : Computers : 49.
6Computers with
LAN 3 lac E ONE 300000
I : Physiotherapy
equipments 1 lac 100000
50. Therapy ball :a) 2 of
65 cm Brightly each
colored, Inflatable by size
foot pump.
Moldedheavy duty
vinyl ball can support
weight up to 150 kg
b) 45 cm and a pump
fpr inflation E
51.Therapy mats- 6ft
x3ft ( Length 6 ft and
breadth 3ft, made up
of Rubberized foam,
vinyl coated cover,
thickness 4 cm, can
be wiped clean with
a damp cloth E 8
52.Bolster:2ft long,
diameter- 8 inch and
2ft long, diameter-
10 inch. Sponge
cover on wooden
shaft, outer side is
covered with rexene,
rexene is fixed to the
wooden shaft with
thick pins E 1
53. small roll-13 inch
long, diameter -3
inch with sponge roll
covered with rexene E 3
54. Prone wedgea)
Big- Height-14 inch;
Length- 31 inch,
breadth 17 inches
,Foam filled wedges
covered with Nylon,
fitted with velcro
straps to position the 1
child E EACH
55.Balance
BoardRexene
covered cushioned
platform size 45
cmX60 cmX15cm
high E 1
56.Kaye-Walker
(height-48-64 cm)
Height 48-64 cm,
distance between
hand grips 34 cm,
frame width 58-
60cm, frame length
69- 83 cm, user
height 107-137 cm,
maximum user
weight 39 kg., frame
weight 3.85 kg. E 1
57.Bolster Swing
With nylon rope or
straps with hooks to
fit in the swing
frame. Size 25 cm
diameter X 90 cm
long E 1
58.Wooden Benches
with cushion and
Rexene
cover a) Small (3ft E 1
long, height 8 inches,
breath 6 inches), b) 1
Big (3ft long, height
12 inches, breath 8
inches)
59.Splints (Ankle
Foot Orthosis) E 1 PAIR
60.Special chairs
with cutout tray
(Tailor made
according to need of
the child) E 2
61. looking mirror
fixed all around the
wall adjacent to the
floor at a height of 4
feet and 3 inches
above the ground E
62.Toys (for play and E as
stimulation) mentio
a) Small rattles: 10 ned
number
b) squeaky toys : 3
c) Puja bell (clapper
bell) : 2
d) Soft toy : 10
e) Brush for tactile
stimulation : 2
f ) Theraputty:
Gluten free, non-
toxic, red, yellow and
blue colors : 3
containers
g) Peg board :
laminated square
board having 10
holes to hold
smoothly finished
solid plastic pegs in
five different bright
colors : 2
h) Ball Pool : The
dense foam padded
mini Ball Pool is Soft,
safe and perfect for
small children. It
provides an excellent
sensory stimulating
activity. The
round pool is 120cm
in diameter x 50cm
high, & has 10cm
thick padded sides.
The pool contains
500 multi color balls
of 7cm or 8cm
diameter. Pool side
and bottom is
covered with durable
rexen that easily
wipes clean. : 1
i) Balls of different
size :5
j) Gaiters :
Aluminium/bamboo
stick of 8”,10”,
12”,14” long inserted
in the pockets of
thick canvas, 3 velcro
straps to be wound
around Total 8 nos (1
pair of each size
mentioned)
k) Thick handle
spoon Stainless steel
spoon, padded
handle 3
l) Thick handle bent
spoon Stainless steel
bent spoon, padded
handle 3
m) Plastic spoon
with long handle (for
babies) , Long handle
bright color spoon 3
n) Plastic glass with
rim cut on one side :
Plastic glass with one
side of the rim is cut
to accommodate
nose : 3
o)Stainless steel
plates with high rim :
High rim to prevent
spilling over of food :
3
p) Spouted cups s : 3
j : Sensory E ONE
Integration SET
Equipments 1,50,000 EACH 150000
63.Sensory
Integration
Equipments:1.
Pinspot and Mirror
Ball
2. Mirror Ball Motor
3. LED Mirror Bal 4.
Fire ball -mounted
on the roof
5. Sound Activated
Light 6. LED Bubble
Tube 7. OPTIC fibers
8. Blue LED Lights 9.
150 bulb blue LED
light chain 10.
Bubble Tube 11.
Rotating Drum 12.
Chime Frame and
Beater 13.Mirror
Chime bout
14.Swings: a)
Bolster swing
b)Platform swing
c)Tyre tube swing
d)Rope ladder swing
e)Rhythmic Rocker
f)Balance boards g)
Bean bags including
white ones, h) Real
size animal toys
64. ECG digital
machine and ECHO 18 lac Optional
machine one
Annexure 3:- Single Equipment Vendors with their certificates and
product details with costing:
(Some of the equipments included under DEIC are provided by single source producers only. This
annexure gives the details about their certificates, products with technical specification and tentative
costing.)

Certificates of single equipments vendors

1 Pearson Certificates of authorization.

2 MAICO Certificates of authorization

3 Goodlite Certificates of authorization

4 Pearson List and costing quotation of products

5 Goodlite List and costing quotation of products

6 Pearson Product Description

7 MAICO Product Description


1. Pearson Certificates:
2. MAICO certificates
3. GOOD-LITE certificates
4. Pearson List and costing quotation of products
5. GOOD-LITE List and costing quotation of products
6. Pearson Product details:
7. MAICO product details:

You might also like